THE UNITED REPUBLIC OF TANZANIA

MINISTRY OF LIVESTOCK AND

FISHERIES

FISHERIES SECTOR
MASTER PLAN
(2021/22–2036/37)
Prepared by the Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries

Citation: URT (2022) Fisheries Sector Master Plan

Disclaimer: The views and opinions expressed in this document are those
collected from fisheries stakeholders in the United Republic of Tanzania.

All rights reserved. Reproduction and dissemination of materials in this

information for educational or other non-commercial purposes are authorized
without any prior written permission from the copyright holders provided the
source is fully acknowledged. Reproduction of material in this information
for resale or other commercial purposes is strictly prohibited without written
permission of the copyright holders.

Published by URT, Dodoma -Tanzania

Copyright: @2022 United Republic of Tanzania

ISBN:

Request for such permission should be addressed to:

The Permanent Secretary Fisheries,
Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries,
Mtumba Government City,
Ulinzi Road,
P.O.BoX 2847,
40487 DODOMA
 THE UNITED REPUBLIC OF TANZANIA
MINISTRY OF LIVESTOCK
AND FISHERIES

FISHERIES SECTOR
MASTER PLAN
(2021/22–2036/37)

i
 FOREWORD FOREWORD
The Fisheries Sector in Tanzania is comprised of capture fisheries and
aquaculture value chains. The sector has been growing at an average annual
rate of 1.5% and play important roles in food security and socio-economic
wellbeing. Current per capita fish consumption is 8.5 kg and contributes 30% of
daily animal protein intake. It also contributes 1.7% of the GDP and provides
direct employment 195,435 fishers and 30,064 aquafarmers. In addition, about
4.5 million people (6.89% of total population) are indirect employment in various
ancillary activities along the two value chains. The sector activities are
dominated by small scale operations undertaken by artisanal fishers and
subsistence aquafarmers which are responsible for over 95% of the fish
production. There are several challenges which face the sector limiting its
contribution to economy. These include limited extension services, limited
access to finance, high post-harvest losses and limited value addition, limited
access to appropriate fishing and aquaculture technologies, environmental
degradation of aquatic ecosystems, illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing,
illegal cross border trade, low public and private investment. To address these
challenges, the Government embarked on implementing the first Fisheries
Sector Master Plan (2002–2015). Several achievements were recorded
including increased fish catch, increased public awareness of aquaculture,
major public investments in infrastructure notably Ferry and Kirumba
International fish markets which catalyzed cross-border trade of fish and fish
products. However, increased demand for fish and fish products due population
growth put pressure on fisheries resources. This calls for more effective
fisheries management and increased aquaculture production.

Development of the second Fisheries Sector Master Plan (2021/22–2036/37)

has been based on principles of the Ecosystem Approach to Fisheries and
Aquaculture (EAF & A). It involved extensive consultations with stakeholders to
identify, prioritize and propose solutions to critical issues affecting capture
fisheries and aquaculture value chains. The plan is therefore comprised of two
major parts namely; capture fisheries and aquaculture to ensure effective
development and management of the two value chains. This master plan will
provide an overall strategic framework and guidance for sustainable
management and development of fisheries and aquaculture in mainland
Tanzania in the next 15 years. It is comprehensive enough to achieve national,
continental and global goals in food and nutritional security, poverty reduction,
job creation, resilience against climate change impacts and conservation of
aquatic ecosystems. The implementation of this Master Plan will involve
fisheries sector stakeholders from both public and private sectors, development
partners and financial institutions. I urge all stakeholders to concentrate their
efforts in implementing interventions proposed in the master plan to transform
the sector and significantly increase its contribution to the national economy.

ii

ii
Last but not least, I wish to convey my heartfelt gratitude to all individuals and
entities who played different roles in the course of developing this master plan.
In particular, I am grateful to FAO for providing technical and financial support,
and the World Bank through the SWIOFish project for supporting workshops for
stakeholders along the Indian ocean.

Dr. Rashid A. Tamatamah

Permanent Secretary (Fisheries),
Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries

iii
iii
 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The fisheries sector in Tanzania combines capture fisheries and aquaculture.

Tanzania is one of the greatest fisheries nations in Africa, ranking in the top 10
countries in terms of total capture fisheries production. The fishery industry is
dominated with small-scale fishers and aquafarmers, contributing more than
95% of the country’s total catch. The Fish catch from inland water and marine
ranged from 375,533 tonnes in 2005 to 473,592 tonnes in 2020, with an annual
average of 395,006 tonnes. The increase in catch was due to a significant
reduction of illegal harvesting methods, following various enforcement
campaigns that were undertaken by the government and its counterparts and
an improved recording system.

The fishery industry is among the most important economic sub sectors in
Tanzania and it remains a key source of employment, food security, and
revenue for the country. The number of fishers engaged directly in fishing is
about 200,000, while about 4,500,000 people obtain their livelihood from the
sector through fishery-related activities. The contribution of the sector to the
Gross Domestic Product (GDP) for the past five years has been fluctuating
between 1.6% and 1.8%, which is still low compared to the available fisheries
resource potential (Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries, 2021).

On the other hand, mainland Tanzania has enormous untapped potential for
aquaculture development. It has water (both freshwater and marine), land, a
legal framework that supports aquaculture and a favourable climate. Despite the
availability of the huge aquaculture potential, the subsector does not make a
major contribution to the nation’s economic development mainly because of
inadequate affordable quality seeds and feed, poor aquaculture management
practices, and unreliable financial capital. The current aquaculture production of
18,717 metric tonnes (less than 4% of the overall fish production) is very low.
Thus, concerted efforts are needed to develop aquaculture to the required level
in order to bridge the gap between demand and supply.

The government seeks to utilize the capture fisheries and aquaculture potential
and opportunities to ensure the creation of jobs and wealth, food security as
well as the increasing contribution of the subsectors to economic development.
At present Tanzania has a robust legal and policy framework for aquaculture
research and development. However, these statutory instruments have not
been fully utilized to realize the needed development. There are several
research and training institutions, as well as Aquaculture Development Centres
which, if fully exploited, could make significant contributions to research,
management, training and extension. Given the potential and opportunities
available, it is imperative that the government and other stakeholders redouble
their efforts to promote and develop aquaculture.

The government of Tanzania launched its first Fisheries Sector Master Plan
(2002–2015) in 2002.Unfortunately, the first fisheries master plan, which was

iv

iv
phased out in 2015, did not include the major aspects of aquaculture
development. During that time, more emphasis was placed on the management
of capture fisheries and on a few cross-cutting issues. However, there was only
one programme on aquaculture extension. In light of this, the current FMP
(2021/22–2036/37) is notable for incorporating the key issues of aquaculture
development.

This FSMP (2021/22–2036/37) provides a strategic framework for the long-term

management and sustainable development of the sector. The FSMP is also an
essential link to the National Fisheries Policy (2015), National Plan of Action for
Small Scale Fisheries (NPoA-SSF) Guidelines (2021), and other local and
global initiatives including the application of the Voluntary Guidelines on the
Responsible Governance of Tenure (VGGT) in the institutional framework for
improved governance and management geared towards the sustainable
development of the capture fisheries and aquaculture resources. Broadly, the
focus of the FSMP is on promoting ‘blue economy’, attracting investments,
infrastructure development, value addition, the creation of an enabling
environment and empowerment, improved technology, the promotion of
underutilized resources, institutional capacity building, the utilization of
untapped resources in the EEZ, industrial development, marketing, research
and information sharing, aquaculture production and productivity, conservation
of aquatic ecosystems, and combating IUU.

The current FSMP (2021/22–2036/37) comprises 17 thematic areas, with

capture fisheries consisting of 8 thematic areas and aquaculture 9 thematic
areas. The capture fisheries thematic areas include; (i) maintenance of the
ecological systems and biodiversity, (ii) improved research, monitoring and a
reporting system, (iii) empowerment of fishers and fish workers, (iv) institutional
capacity building, (v) compliance and enforcement of management measures
(vi) fisheries infrastructure development, (vii) exclusive economic zone (EEZ)
and high seas fishing opportunities, and (viii) cross-cutting issues. While, the
aquaculture thematic areas include; (i) supply of inputs for commercial
aquaculture, (ii) improving research and training, (iii) improving extension
services, (iv) Post-harvest handling, value addition and marketing of
aquaculture products, (v) promoting investment, (vi) aquatic environmental
health and spatial planning, (vii) aquaculture production technologies, (viii)
ornamental fish culture and trade, and (ix) aquaculture cross-cutting issues.

The thematic areas for capture fisheries and aquaculture were developed on
the basis of the identified issues and developed operational objectives. The
thematic areas translate the relevant socio-economic and ecological values,
high level priorities, policy statements and laws into a form that has a direct and
practical bearing on the management and development of the fisheries sector.

The FSMP includes key interventions with clear operational objectives,

outcomes and outputs. If these thematic areas are addressed properly in the
next fifteen years, it is anticipated that the fisheries sector in Tanzania would
attain sustainable fisheries resources management which supports fisheries

v
v
 sector development, blue economy growth, improved livelihood, nutrition and
food security.

Specifically, the following benefits will be realized from the implementation of

the FSMP (2021/22–2036/37);
(i) the overall fisheries sector growth and an increase in its contribution to
the GDP of 10% per annum;
(ii) increase in the overall fisheries production by at least 35% from the
current total production;
(iii) increase in the volume of fish and fishery products processed and
exported by 30%;
(iv) investment funds and financing mechanisms for supporting the growth
of small-scale fishers and the development of small holder aquaculture
enterprises;
(v) increased fish production from EEZ, Lake Victoria, Lake Tanganyika
and minor waters for domestic and external markets;
(vi) improved maintenance of fish biodiversity and ecosystems through
applied research and technology;
(vii) fisheries co-management, ecosystem approach to fisheries
management and spatial planning strengthened and applied in all water
bodies;
(viii) increased investment in fisheries infrastructures for handling,
processing, storage and marketing to reduce post-harvest loss and
application of appropriate technologies for value addition; and
(ix) improved fish and fishery marketing, conservation and extension
services.

It is worth noting that the above benefits would be achieved if the following
measures are adhered to:
(i) The implementation and coordination of the FSMP interventions
mainstreamed in existing government framework. The coordination
process should include the MLF in collaboration with other agricultural
sector related ministries, institutions, development partners, agencies
and other stakeholders such as; fishers, aquafarmers, traders,
processors and their associations.
(ii) Monitoring of the FSMP progress undertaken through a Permanent
Monitoring Committee established by the Ministry responsible for
Fisheries; the committee would meet regularly to monitor the
implementation progress of the FSMP, and coordinate development of
the projects aimed to implement the proposed strategic interventions.

The implementation of the FSMP is estimated to cost USD 65,355,000 for

capture fishery and USD 69,310,000 for aquaculture.

vi
vi
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY........................................................................... iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS............................................................................. vii
LIST OF TABLES...................................................................................... xii
LIST OF FIGURES.................................................................................... xiii
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS......................................... xiv
PART 1 .................................................................................................... 1
CAPTURE FISHERIES............................................................................. 1

CHAPTER 1.............................................................................................. 2
1.0 INTRODUCTION......................................................................... 2
1.1 Background Information.............................................................. 4
1.2 Purpose, Rationale and Scope of the Fisheries
Sector Master Plan..................................................................... 4
1.2.1 Purpose of the FSMP.................................................................. 4
1.2.2 Rationale for developing the FSMP............................................ 4
1.2.3 Scope of the FSMP..................................................................... 6
1.3 Target Audience of the FSMP..................................................... 7

CHAPTER 2.............................................................................................. 8
2.0 METHODOLOGY AND APPROACH.......................................... 8
2.1 The Fisheries Sector Master Plan Development Approach........ 8
2.2 Methodology for Developing the FSMP...................................... 9
2.2.1 Baseline information on the fisheries sector............................... 9
2.2.2 Fisheries stakeholders’ workshops............................................. 10
2.2.3 Problem tree............................................................................... 10
2.2.4 Key informant interviews............................................................. 10
2.2.5 Questionnaire.............................................................................. 11
2.2.6 Extensive review of documents.................................................. 11
2.2.7 SWOC analysis........................................................................... 11

CHAPTER 3.............................................................................................. 12
3.0 GENERAL STATUS OF THE FISHERIES SECTOR.................. 12
3.1 Overview..................................................................................... 12
3.2 Importance of the Fisheries Sector............................................. 13
3.3 Fisheries Production in Tanzania................................................ 14
3.4 Export and Import of Fish and Fisheries Products...................... 16
3.4.1 Export of fish............................................................................... 16
3.4.2 Fish import and fisheries production........................................... 17
3.5 Fish Stocks, Production Trends, Value and Fishing Effort.......... 19
3.5.1 Fish stocks/biomass.................................................................... 19
3.5.2 Trends in the fishing effort, total catch and value........................ 19
3.6 Status of Fish Stocks/Biomass and Fish Production
by Small-Scale Fishers in Major Lakes....................................... 22
3.6.1 Status of fish stocks and biomass in Lake Victoria..................... 22
3.6.2 Fish production and the fishing effort in Lake Victoria................ 22

vii
 3.6.3 Status of fish stocks and biomass in Lake Tanganyika............... 23
3.6.4 Fish production and the fishing effort.......................................... 24
3.6.5 Status of fish stocks and biomass in Lake Nyasa....................... 24
3.6.6 Fish production and the fishing effort.......................................... 25
3.7 Status of Fish Production in Marine Waters................................ 26
3.7.1 Small-scale fishers...................................................................... 26
3.7.2 Status of off-shore fisheries (marine waters).............................. 27

CHAPTER 4.............................................................................................. 29
4.0 INVESTMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT...... 29
4.1 Investment in Fisheries Sector.................................................... 29
4.1.1 Investment opportunities in the inland fisheries.......................... 29
4.1.2 Investment opportunities in marine fisheries............................... 30
4.1.3 Fisheries infrastructure development.......................................... 32
4.1.4. Fish processing factories............................................................ 35

CHAPTER 5.............................................................................................. 36
5.0 INSTITUTIONAL AND LEGAL FRAMEWORKS......................... 36
5.1 Institutional Framework............................................................... 36
5.1.1 The national context.................................................................... 36
5.1.2 Fisheries sector institutions......................................................... 37
5.2 Legal Framework........................................................................ 39
5.2.1 The national context.................................................................... 39
5.2.2 The regional context................................................................... 41
5.2.3 The international context............................................................. 42

CHAPTER 6.............................................................................................. 46
6.0 REVIEW OF THE PREVIOUS FISHERIES
MASTER PLAN (2002–2015)..................................................... 46
6.1 The Review Process................................................................... 46
6.2 Implementation Status of the Programmes................................. 46
6.3 Master Plan Funding Sources..................................................... 47
6.4 Challenges Encountered during the Implementation
of the Master Plan....................................................................... 51
6.4.1 Weaknesses in the master plan itself.......................................... 51
6.4.2 Inadequate funds for implementing the master plan................... 51
6.4.3 Inadequate coordination among key agencies........................... 51
6.4.4 Limited capacity.......................................................................... 51
6.5 Experience Gained and Lessons Learnt..................................... 52
6.5.1 Local communities and other stakeholders’ involvement............ 52
6.5.2 Financial sustainability of the fisheries sector............................. 52
6.5.3 Awareness raising and education programmes.......................... 53

CHAPTER 7.............................................................................................. 54
7.0 CAPTURE FISHERIES ISSUES IDENTIFIED BY

viii
 STAKEHOLDERS AND A SWOC ANALYSIS............................. 54
7.1 Issues Identified during Stakeholders’ Workshops..................... 54
7.2 SWOC Analysis of the Fisheries Sector...................................... 57

CHAPTER 8.............................................................................................. 59
8.0 THE FISHERIES SECTOR MASTER PLAN OF THE MAINLAND
TANZANIA: CAPTURE FISHERIES........................................... 59
8.1 Vision, Mission, Goal and Objectives.......................................... 59
8.3 Structure of the FSMP – Capture Fisheries................................ 61
8.4 Thematic Area One: Maintenance of the Environment,
Ecological Systems and Biodiversity......................................... 62
8.4.1 Management of aquatic ecosystems and biodiversity................ 62
8.4.2 Beach/intertidal areas use and waste disposal........................... 64
8.4.3 Availability of adequate data and information on fisheries.......... 66
8.5 Thematic Area Two: Improved Research, Monitoring
and Reporting System................................................................ 66
8.5.1 Fisheries Information and Data Management System................ 66
8.5.2 Research, monitoring, training and extension services.............. 68
8.6 Thematic Area Three: Empowerment of Fishers and
Fish Workers............................................................................... 69
8.6.1 Access to finance and financial services.................................... 70
8.6.2 Improvement on fish processing and negotiation
skills for fishers and fish workers................................................ 71
8.6.3 Enhancement of alternative livelihoods...................................... 71
8.7 Thematic Area Four: Institutional Capacity Building and
Infrastructure Development......................................................... 72
8.7.1 Capacity building to staff of fisheries institutions......................... 72
8.7.2 Improved hands-on skills and purchase of training materials..... 73
8.7.3 Infrastructure development for fisheries institutions.................... 74
8.8 Thematic Area Five: Compliance and Enforcement of
Management Measures.............................................................. 75
8.8.1 Strengthening MCS Units and NMATT....................................... 76
8.8.2 Management of Trans-boundary/cross-border ecosystems........ 77
8.8.3 Partnerships and cooperation among fisheries stakeholders..... 78
8.8.4 Illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing................................. 79
8.9 Thematic Area Six: Fisheries Infrastructure Development......... 81
8.9.1 Infrastructure development for boosting production.................... 81
8.9.2 Development of market information system................................ 82
8.10 Thematic Area Seven: Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ)
and High Seas Fishing Opportunities......................................... 83
8.10.1 EEZ and high seas fishing......................................................... 83
8.11 Thematic Area Eight: Cross-Cutting Issues................................ 84
8.11.1 HIV and other communicable disease prevention mechanisms. 85
8.11.2 The disaster risks and climate change impacts......................... 85
8.11.3 Limited involvement of stakeholders in the fisheries
management.............................................................................. 86
8.11.4 Low coverage and unaffordable social protection services........ 87

ix
 8.11.5 Value chains and post-harvest loss management...................... 89
8.11.6 Inadequate social services in fishing communities.................... 90
8.12 The Master Plan Matrix for 2021–2036....................................... 90

CHAPTER 9.............................................................................................. 117

9.0 IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING, EVALUATION
AND REVIEW OF THE FSMP.................................................... 117
9.1 Implementation Arrangements.................................................... 117
9.2 Monitoring and Evaluation.......................................................... 117
9.2.1 Monitoring................................................................................... 118
9.2.2 Evaluation................................................................................... 118
9.3 Periodic Review of the FSMP..................................................... 119

CHAPTER 10............................................................................................ 120

10.0 CONCLUSIONS......................................................................... 120

REFERENCES.......................................................................................... 121

PART II .................................................................................................... 124

AQUACULTURE....................................................................................... 124
CHAPTER 1.............................................................................................. 125
1.0 INTRODUCTION......................................................................... 125
1.1 Background of the New Fisheries Master Plan........................... 125
1.2 Justification and Rationale.......................................................... 125
1.2.2 Trade and market demand for farmed aquatic organisms.......... 126
1.3 Methodology............................................................................... 127
1.3.1 Towards the development of the Fisheries Master
Plan (Aquaculture)...................................................................... 127
1.3.2 Ecosystem Approach to Aquaculture.......................................... 128
1.3.3 Analysis of strengths, weaknesses, opportunities
and challenges (SWOC)............................................................. 129

CHAPTER 2.............................................................................................. 130

2.0 BRIEF OVERVIEW OF AQUACULTURE................................... 130
2.1 Global Overview (Scale, Diversity and Recent Profile
of Aquaculture)............................................................................ 130
2.2 Development of Aquaculture in Africa......................................... 130
2.3 Development of Aquaculture in Tanzania.................................... 133

CHAPTER 3.............................................................................................. 136

3.0 POLICY, LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK............. 136
3.1 Policy Framework........................................................................ 136
3.1.1 National Fisheries Policy of 2015................................................ 136
3.1.2 National Water Policy of 2002..................................................... 136

x
3.1.3 National Biotechnology Policy of 2010........................................ 136
3.1.4 National Aquaculture Strategy (NADS) 2018–2025.................... 136
3.2 Legal Framework........................................................................ 137
3.2.1 Fisheries Act No. 22 of 2003....................................................... 137
3.2.2 Tanzania Fisheries Research Institute (TAFIRI)
Act No. 11 of 2016....................................................................... 137
3.2.3 Marine Parks and Reserves Act No. 29 of 1994......................... 137
3.2.4 National Environmental Management Act No. 20 of 2004.......... 137
3.2.5 Tanzania Bureau of Standards Act No. 2 of 2009....................... 137
3.2.6 Tanzania Revenue Authority Act of 2006.................................... 138
3.2 Regional Institutional Frameworks.............................................. 138

CHAPTER 4.............................................................................................. 139

4.0 SITUATION ANALYSIS............................................................... 139
4.1 History of the Development of Aquaculture in Tanzania.............. 139
4.2 Potential Opportunities for Developing Aquaculture in Tanzania. 140
4.3 Key Environmental Types and Production Systems................... 141
4.4 Suitable Culture Organisms........................................................ 142
4.5 Financial Services and Incentives............................................... 144
4.6 Development of Aquaculture....................................................... 144
4.7 Aquaculture Extension Services................................................. 146

CHAPTER 5.............................................................................................. 147

5.0 THE PREVIOUS FISHERIES MASTER PLAN (2002–2015)..... 147
5.1 Implementation Status................................................................ 147
5.2 Challenges.................................................................................. 147
5.3 Lessons Learnt........................................................................... 147

CHAPTER 6.............................................................................................. 148

6.0 ISSUES, OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIC INTERVENTIONS... 148

CHAPTER 7.............................................................................................. 150

7.0 THE NATIONAL FISHERIES MASTER PLAN FOR
AQUACULTURE......................................................................... 150
7.1 Vision, Mission and Goal of the FMP for Aquaculture................. 150
7.1.1 Vision.......................................................................................... 150
7.1.2 Mission........................................................................................ 150
7.1.3 Goal............................................................................................ 150
7.2 Guiding Principles....................................................................... 150
7.3 Thematic Areas........................................................................... 150
7.3.1 Thematic area one: Supply of inputs for commercial aquaculture 150
7.3.2 Thematic area two: Improving research and training.................. 153
7.3.3 Thematic area three: Improving extension services................... 155
7.3.4 Thematic area four: Post-harvest handling, value addition and
marketing of aquaculture products.............................................. 156

xi
 7.3.5 Thematic area five: Spatial planning and promotion of investment
in aquaculture............................................................................. 157
7.3.6 Thematic area six: Aquatic environmental health....................... 161
7.3.7 Thematic area seven: Aquaculture production technologies...... 163
7.3.8 Thematic area eight: Ornamental fish culture and trade............. 164
7.3.9 Thematic area nine: Cross-cutting issues................................... 164
7.4 The Master Plan Matrix for Aquaculture for the Period 2021/22–
2036/37....................................................................................... 166

CHAPTER 8.............................................................................................. 184

8.0 FUNDING AND THE IMPLEMENTATION FRAMEWORK.......... 184
8.1 Funding....................................................................................... 184
8.2 Implementation Framework........................................................ 184

CHAPTER 9.............................................................................................. 185

9.0 MONITORING AND EVALUATION............................................. 185

CHAPTER 10............................................................................................ 186

10.0 CONCLUSIONS.......................................................................... 186

REFERENCES.......................................................................................... 187

APPENDICES........................................................................................... 190
Appendix 1:............................................................................................... 190
Fisheries Stakeholders and their Responsibilities..................................... 190
Appendix 2:............................................................................................... 196
Checklist for the Key Informants............................................................... 196
Appendix 3:............................................................................................... 198
Questionnaire............................................................................................ 198
Appendix 4:............................................................................................... 208
Organogram of the Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries............................ 208

LIST OF TABLES
PART I
Table 1: Inland waters and marine areas fishery and aquaculture
productionin 2019...................................................................... 13
Table 2: Fish production in inland and marine waters (2005–2020.......... 15
Table 2: Fish import trends from 2012 to 2019......................................... 18
Table 3: Fish biomass of different water bodies (on Tanzanian side)....... 19
Table 4: Trends in the fishing effort and the estimated annual
fish catch for inland and marine fisheries from 2008 to 2018..... 21
Table 5: Distribution of fishers, fishing crafts, catches and value
by water bodies – 2018............................................................... 21
Table 6: Fish catches from EEZ since the establishment of DSFA........... 33

xii
Table 7: Improved and non-improved landing sites in different
water bodies................................................................................ 33
Table 8: Chronological changes of the fisheries sector............................ 37
Table 9: Fisheries resource management policies and laws..................... 39
Table 10:International conventions relevant to the fisheries
sector in Tanzania...................................................................... 43
Table 11: Implementation status of priority programmes in the
previous master plan................................................................................. 48
Table 12: Issues identified during stakeholders’ workshops..................... 55
Table 13: SWOC analysis of the fisheries sector...................................... 57
Table 14: Fifteen-year Master Plan Matrix of the Fisheries Sector
Indicating the Major Target Outputs/Outcomes for each
Operational Objective in the Thematic Areas............................ 91
PART II
Table 1: Top 10 aquaculture producers in Africa in 2018.......................... 131
Table 2: Potential areas for cage aquaculture in Tanzania....................... 141
Table 3: Issues identified during stakeholders’ workshops....................... 148
Table 4:  Fifteen-year master plan matrix for aquaculture: Projected
major outcomes and outputs for each operational objective
and thematic area........................................................................ 167

LIST OF FIGURES

PART I
Figure 1: Map of Tanzania showing the location of different water bodies. 3
Source: Developed from different FAO concepts on EAF.......................... 9
Figure 3: Catch trends (inland and marine combined) from 2008 to 2018. 16
Figure 4: Fish export trends between 2012 and 2018............................... 17
Figure 5: Fish import trends between 2012 and 2019............................... 18
Figure 6: Fishing effort trends (number of fishing vessels and fishers)..... 20
Figure 7: Estimated total catches of main commercial species from
July 2015 to September 2017.................................................... 23
Figure 8: Catch trend for Lake Tanganyika (2013–2018)......................... 25
Figure 9: Catch Trend for Lake Tanganyika (2013–2018)........................ 26
Figure 10: Ferry/Magogoni International Fish Market in Dar es Salaam... 35
Figure 1: Transition from a conventional approach to an
ecosystems approach to aquaculture........................................ 129
Figure 2: Aquaculture Production Trends in Africa.................................... 132
Figure 3: Fisheries and aquaculture production trends in
Tanzania from 1950 to 2009....................................................... 134
Figure 4: Aquaculture production trends in Tanzania................................ 135
Figure 5: Pond farming (a) and Cage farming (b)..................................... 142
Figure 6: Tank farming system.................................................................. 142
Figure 7: Nile tilapia (left) and African sharptooth catfish (right)................ 143
Figure 8: Sea weeds (top left), prawns (top right) and milkfish (bottom)... 143
Figure 9: Kingolwira Aquaculture Development Centre in Morogoro........ 146

xiii
 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
ADCs : Aquaculture Development Centres
AIDS Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome
AIS : Automatic Identification System
ASARECA : Association for Strengthening Agricultural Research in
Eastern and Central Africa
ASDP II : Agricultural Sector Development Programme phase II
AU : African Union
AU – IBAR : African Union – Inter-African Bureau for Animal Resources
AU – NEPAD : African Union – New Partnership for Africa’s Development
AfDB : African Development Bank
BMPs : Best Management Practices
BMUs : Beach Management Units
CAADP : Comprehensive Africa Agriculture Development Programme
CBD : Convention on Biological Diversity
CFMAs : Collaborative Fisheries Management Areas
CITES : Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species
of Wild Fauna and Flora
CMS : Convention on Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild
Animals
CSO : Civil Society Organization
CSRP : Civil Service Reform Programme
DAq Department of Aquaculture
DWFN : Distant Water Fishing Nations
EAC : East African Community
EAA Ecosystem Approach to Aquaculture
EAF : Ecosystem Approach to Fisheries
EAMFRO : East African Marine Fisheries Research Organization
EEZ : Exclusive Economic Zone
EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment
EU : European Union
FADs : Fish Aggregating Devices
FAO : Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations
FCR Feed Conversation Ratio
FETA : Fisheries Education and Training Agency
FMSP : Fisheries Sector Management Plan
FYDP II : Five-Year Development Plan II
DFOs : District Fisheries Officers
DSFA : Deep Sea Fishing Authority
GDP : Gross Domestic Product
HIV/AIDS : Human Immunodeficiency Virus/Acquired
Immunodeficiency Syndrome
IAA Integrated Aquaculture-Agriculture
ILO : International Labour Organization
IOTC : Indian Ocean Tuna Commission
IUU : Illegal, Unreported and Unregulated Fishing
JICA : Japanese International Cooperation Agency

xi

xiv
KMFRI : Kenya Marine Fisheries Research Institute
LGAs : Local Government Authorities
MCS : Monitoring, Control and Surveillance
LTA : Lake Tanganyika Authority
LVFO : Lake Victoria Fisheries Organization
M&E : Monitoring and Evaluation
MIT : Ministry of Industry and Trade
MLF : Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries
MoFP : Ministry of Finance and Planning
MPIC : Master Plan Implementation Committee
MPRU : Marine Parks and Reserves Unit
MSY : Maximum Sustainable Yield
NADs : National Aquaculture Development Strategic Plans
NaFIRRI : National Fisheries Resources Research Institute, Uganda
NAIS : National Aquaculture Information System
NEMC National Environment Management Council
NEPAD : New Partnership for Africa’s Development
NFAMPIC : National Fisheries and Aquaculture Master Plan
Implementation Committee
NFQCL : National Five-Year Development Plan
NFYDP : Non-Governmental Organizations
NFQCLAB : National Fish Quality Control Laboratory
NMATT : National Multi-Agency Task Team
NGOs : Non-Governmental Organizations
NPC : National Project Coordinator
NPoA : National Plan of Action
NSGRP : National Strategy for Growth and Reduction of Poverty
NSSF : National Social Security Fund
NTA : National Technical Award
OSHA : Occupational Safety and Health Authority
OSCs : One Stop Centres
PO-PSMGG : President’s Office Public Service Management and Good
Governance
PO-RALG : President's Office, Regional Administration and Local
Government Tanzania
PPP : Public–Private Partnership
PSM : Port State Measures
PSRC : Parastatal Sector Reform Commission
RAS : Recirculation Aquaculture System
SADC : Southern African Development Community
SEA : Strategic Environmental Assessment
SSF : Small Scale Fisheries
SDGs Sustainable Development Goals
SPADA Special Programme for Aquaculture Development in Africa

xii
xv
 SSA Sub-Saharan Africa
STDs Sexually Transmitted Diseases
SWIOFish : South West Indian Ocean Fisheries Governance and
Shared Growth
SWOC : Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Challenges
TAAT : Technologies for African Agricultural Transformation
TAFICO : Tanzania Fisheries Corporation
TAFIRI : Tanzania Fisheries Research Institute
TDV 2025 : Tanzania Development Vision 2025
TFDA : Tanzania Foods and Drugs Authority
ToRs : Terms of Reference
UN : United Nations
UNCLOS : United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea
USD : United States Dollar
URT : United Republic of Tanzania
VGGT Voluntary Guidelines on the Responsible Governance of
Tenure
VLCs : Village Liaison Committees
WIO : Western Indian Ocean
WIOMSA : Western Indian Ocean Marine Science Association
ZAEDP : Zambia Aquaculture Enterprise Development Project

xiii

xvi
 PART 1
CAPTURE FISHERIES

1
 CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 1

1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Background Information
The United Republic of Tanzania (URT) is a coastal state located in the
Western Indian Ocean (WIO) region. It is situated in Equatorial East Africa and
lies just south of the Equator, between 1o00’–11o45’ S and 29o21’–40o25’ E. The
country’s total surface area is 945,040 km2, 881,000 km2 on the mainland and
2,650 km2 on the islands of Zanzibar (Figure 1). The URT was formed as a
sovereign state in 1964 after uniting the Republic of Tanganyika and the
People’s Republic of Zanzibar. The country is covered by various water bodies,
including major and small lakes, a diverse river system, numerous wetlands and
a coastline of 1,424 km, which stretches from the northern border with Kenya to
the southern border with Mozambique. It covers a territorial sea of 64,000 km2
and an Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) of 200 nautical miles, with an area of
223,000 km2. Most of the inland water areas are found in the riparian shared
water bodies of the East African Great Lakes, namely Lake Victoria (the second
largest freshwater body in the world with 68,800 km2 (shared by Tanzania 51%,
Uganda 43%, and Kenya 6%); Lake Tanganyika (the second deepest after Lake
Baikal in Siberia, Russia and the world’s longest freshwater lake) 32,900 km2
(shared by Tanzania 41%, Democratic Republic of the Congo 45%, Burundi 8%
and Zambia 6%); and Lake Nyasa shared by Tanzania, Mozambique and
Malawi.

Tanzania is one among the greatest fisheries nations in Africa, ranking in the
top 10 countries in terms of total capture fisheries production (URT, 2015). The
fisheries sector in Tanzania combines capture fisheries, aquaculture and the
conservation of the critical habitats in areas gazetted as Marine Protected Areas
(MPAs). The fishery activities range from artisanal fishing, a category of
fisheries that is small scale, using a relatively small amount of capital in all the
freshwater bodies as well as the territorial waters in the Indian Ocean; to
industrial fishing (large scale), composed of prawn fishing in the territorial sea
and fishing in the EEZ.

The small-scale fishery activities contribute more than 95% of the country’s total
catches and play a significant role in socio-economic development by providing
substantial employment, income, food security, animal protein, foreign
exchange and improved livelihoods for the fishing communities. The fisheries
sector is among the important economic sub-sectors, contributing approximately
1.7% to the national Gross Domestic Product (GDP), the per capita fish
consumption is 8.5 kilogram, and about 30% of animal protein consumption in
Tanzania is from fish. It grows at an average of 1.5% per annum (MLF, 2020).
The sector provides both direct and indirect employment to people who earn a
living by doing various fisheries-related activities. It is also a source of foreign
earnings; an average 10.5% of annual fish landings are exported to various
regional and international markets. A big share of these products comes from
inland waters. The main export product is the Nile perch (Lates niloticus) from
Lake Victoria.

15

2
 Figure 1: Map of Tanzania showing the location of different water bodies.

UGANDA
30
° L.
32
° Lake 34
° 36
°The boundaries and names shown
38
°and the designations used
Rushwa Bukoba V i c t o r i a on this map do not imply official endorsement or acceptance
Buoen Mara
U
Musoma by the United Nations.
k
Ukerew ara I.
RWANDA
A

eI
. MARA
R

2
° ond
o I .
KENYA °
2
E

ub aisome I.
G

M Lake
R

Mwanza SERENGETI Natron

A

Biharamulo UNITED REP.

Ngara
K

Game Res. OF
NAT. PARK MT. KILIMANJARO TANZANIA
Geita
S i m i yu Ngorongoro NAT. PARK
Kilimanjaro
MWANZA Maswa Conservation 5895 m
Game
BURUNDI Res.
Area
Arusha
Kibondo S H I N Y A N G A i
L. Eyasi Mosh
Moyo

Kahama Shinyanga Lake

Pa
Manyara KILIMANJARO

ngani
TARANGIRE
4
° °
4
wosi

Babati NAT. PARK Mkomazi

Nzega
Ste bere

L. Kitangiri Same
KIGOMA Game Res.
ppe

mb
e ARUSHA
m

Kasulu Go Masai
Iwe

om
Ig

Kigoma b Steppe Mkomazi INDIAN

Kondoa
e

Tobora ra Singida Tanga

Ujiji a Wete
A

aw
ID
Kaliua h Korogwe
M Pemba
Lake

G A
a

NG
al

W Handeni Pangani
IN
ga
U

Manyoni
TA
l la Ugalla River
Game S ZANZIBAR
Res. T A B Oa R A Zanzibar
6
° Li
mb Dodoma
Sadani °
Zanzibar
6
Mpanda Sham
a Mpwapwa
Ki

i
R U K W A

am
T a

sig Kibaha
DODOMA DAR ES SALAAM

W
n KATAVI
Morogoro
o

ga N.P. Rungwa Dar es

n
wa Game be Salaam
R ung Reserve jom Grea
yi

Pi

t MIKUMI
N RUAHA
ti

O
N.P.
ka

DEMOCRATIC NAT. PARK Ru

PWANI OCEAN
ah
R

REPUBLIC a
a Mafia I.
OF THE ah Iringa
Lake Ru Rufi
O

CONGO Rukwa ji
Utete
8
° Sumbawanga °
8
G

M B E Y A
i
at

e
fij

Mpui Gr Ru Mohoro
IRINGA
O

Chunya
R

Selous Game
ZAMBIA Mbeya O
Reserve ndu
Kilwa
M ta Kivinje
Tunduma r o Ma
Njombe be
du

Tukuyu lo m
an

UNITED REPUBLIC KI Ki egu

ng

Luw L I N D I
a ra

OF
PE AN

Mb

u
R

ur
NG GE

mk
TANZANIA be Lindi
ER

10
° M
°
10
E
L a

National capital Nachingwea Mtwara

M A L A W I

Songea
k e

Provincial capital Masasi

Town, village
R U V U M A M T W A R A Newala
Airport a
Tunduru vum
N y a s a

Ru
International boundary
U E
Provincial boundary
B I Q
Main road
M O Z A M
12
° Secondary road 0 100 200 300 km
°
12

Railroad
0 100 200 mi
30
° 32
° 34
° 36
° 38
°
Map No. 3667 Rev. 6 UNITED NATIONS Department of Peacekeeping Operations
January 2006 Cartographic Section

16

3
 The first fisheries master plan was developed in 2002 with support from the
Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA), despite the fact that Tanzania
is blessed with abundant fishery resources (marine and fresh waters) and the
fact that the fisheries sector is one of the important sub-sectors of the economy.
The first master plan (2002–2015) was phased out in 2015. The phasing out of
the previous master plan created room for its review and for the development of
this master plan. The review of the previous master plan and the development
of the FSMP (2021–2036) began in 2020 with financial and technical support
from the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO).

1.2 Purpose, Rationale and Scope of the Fisheries Sector

Master Plan

1.2.1 Purpose of the FSMP

The development of the FSMP underscores the seriousness and commitment of
Tanzania to manage its natural resources on a sustainable basis and for the
benefit of current and future generations. The FSMP is intended to address the
existing challenges and emerging issues. It is also a link to the National Plan of
Action (NPoA) for Small Scale Fisheries (SSF) Guidelines and the National
Fisheries Policy (2015), for improved fisheries governance and sustainable
development of the fisheries resources.

The FSMP provides a strategic framework for the long-term management and
sustainable development of the sector, and an opportunity for the sector leaders
to look ahead, adopt a new vision and directions, set goals and map out plans
for the future. It is intended to improve the management and development of the
fisheries sector and to increase food security, employment opportunities,
economic growth and wealth through poverty alleviation and by safeguarding
the environment. The FSMP guides the overall character, physical forms,
growth, management and development of the fisheries sector, and acts as a
reminder of what the Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries and its stakeholders
have agreed to accomplish within the specified period. It is also intended to
provide guidance to anyone intending to work with or in the fisheries sector in
mainland Tanzania, including potential investors, donors, development partners
and NGOs.

1.2.2 Rationale for developing the FSMP

The development of the FSMP (2021–2036) has been driven by the recognition
of the need for a planning framework that underpins the government’s
commitment to manage and develop fisheries. The rationale for developing this
FSMP stems from the following factors:

(i) Phasing out of the previous fisheries Master Plan (2002–2015): The
master plan came to an end in 2015. Hence, there was a need to review
it and develop a new master plan to guide the management and
development of this important sector.

17

4
(ii) Change of policies and other national and global development
initiatives: This is due to local and international changes, including
policies, strategies, the micro- and macro-economic, and institutional
set-up as well as environmental changes, which have made it difficult to
coordinate and manage responsibilities in the fisheries sector to achieve
sustainable utilization of the resources. Other changes include climate
change, which has affected the development of the fisheries sector.

(iii) The need to implement the Fisheries Policy of 2015: The fisheries
sector requires a dynamic master plan for the implementation of the
recently developed fisheries policy.

(iv) The need to operationalize the mandates and functions of the Fisheries
Division: For the Fisheries Division to take up the opportunities offered
by a number of stakeholders within its jurisdiction, it is important for the
Division to identify thematic areas which will be used to link the sector
with other key players in the areas of common interests.
(v) The need to implement the third Tanzania Five-Year Development Plan
2021/22–2025/26 and Tanzania Development Vision (TDV) 2025: The
fisheries sector and associated institutions are, like other organizations,
obliged to implement the country’s development agenda, articulated in
the TDV. Both plans have considered the overall national development
goals and policy objectives, sectoral initiatives, the National Strategy for
Growth and Reduction of Poverty (NSGRP II) and the key benchmarks
of the Long-Term Perspective Plan (2011/12–2025/26).
(vi) The need to conform to public-sector reforms and the election manifesto
of the ruling party (CCM): Strategic initiatives are needed to transform
the fisheries sector so that it can embrace both the public-sector reform
programmes and the election manifesto of the ruling party.

(vii) The need to accommodate Regional and International Protocols,

Agreements and Conventions, the Sustainable Development Goals
(SDGs) as well as other policies related to fisheries and environmental
conservation: One of the priorities of the nation is to build a fisheries
sector which will comply with the global agenda and enable Tanzanians
to get their livelihoods without compromising the ability of future
generations to meet their needs.

(viii) The need to conform to the National Plan of Action (NPoA) for Small-
Scale Fisheries (SSF): This is aimed at reducing poverty, creating
decent employment, social protection of small-scale fishers and
improving the livelihoods of the fishing communities (fishers and fish
workers). Tanzania has already developed and inaugurated its National
Plan of Action to implement Guidelines for Small-Scale Fisheries which
will be implemented in the next five years (2021/22–2025/26). The
implementation of these NPoA-SSF Guidelines will enable the country
to achieve responsible SSF and sustainable development of the sector,

18

5
 which will enable the fishers to secure more significant socio-economic
benefits from well managed fisheries resources.

(ix) The need to transform the fisheries sector by modernization, through

intensification of the blue economy potentials in both marine and fresh
waters, while adhering to environmental sustainability.

1.2.3 Scope of the FSMP

The FSMP will only be implemented in mainland Tanzania because the
fisheries sector is not among the Union matters that are implemented or taken
care of by both parts of the Union, namely mainland Tanzania and Zanzibar.

The FSMP is intended to ensure that there is sustainable management of

fisheries resources by striking a balance between conservation and resource
utilization to attain sustainable development. Its management approach is
participatory, in the sense that various stakeholders are involved at different
levels of management such as undertaking of various activities, decision
making, benefit sharing, monitoring and evaluation. While the development of
the sector will involve both the public sector and the private sector, the focus of
the FSMP is on:
(i) Attracting investment, both private and joint venture, in the form of
public-private partnership (PPP),
(ii) Infrastructure development,
(iii) Value addition,
(iv) Creation of an enabling environment and empowerment,
(v) Improved technology,
(vi) Promotion of underutilized resources,
(vii) Industrial development, and
(viii) Marketing, research, and information sharing.

Content-wise, the FSMP is very broad as it is not restricted only to fisheries

sector issues, but also focuses on cross-cutting issues and issues related to the
sector such as:
(i) food security,
(ii) poverty alleviation,
(iii) governance,
(iv) climate change,
(v) post-harvest loss,
(vi) environmental degradation,
(vii) unsustainable management of fisheries resources,

19

6
(viii) illegal, unreported and unregulated (IUU) fishing,
(ix) cross-border trade,
(x) high dependence on the fisheries resources, and
(xi) the contribution of the fisheries sector to the blue economy so that
services and goods can be delivered for the purpose of attaining human
well-being and ecological well-being.

The fisheries sector is dependent on other sectors. It is for this reason that the
development, management and conservation of fisheries cannot be considered
in isolation or separately from other sectoral influences.

1.3 Target Audience of the FSMP

The FSMP is intended to inform all interested parties about various issues
related to the fisheries sector, which comprises both capture fisheries and
aquaculture. The audience of this master plan includes all the stakeholders of
the fisheries sector that were identified during the stakeholders’ analysis
exercise that was conducted concurrently with the collection of baseline
information. The involvement of the stakeholders from the beginning of
developing of the FSMP increases their sense of ownership and commitment to
participate in its implementation voluntarily. Tanzania has realized the
importance of people’s participation in managing fisheries and, therefore, the
National Fisheries Policy of 2015 recognizes and duly supports stakeholders’
participation in the sector to achieve the sustainable sector management goals.
The policy states that “successful implementation of the policy and the
performance of the fisheries sector will depend on both vertical and horizontal
coordination of activities” (URT, 2015).

The stakeholders include the Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries (MLF), other
sector ministries, institutions, the private sector, local and international NGOs,
local communities, the regional and the international community, development
partners, agencies and other key stakeholders, researchers/scientists,
conservationists, investors and traders (Appendix 1).

20

7
 CHAPTER 2 CHAPTER 2

2.0 METHODOLOGY AND APPROACH

2.1 The Fisheries Sector Master Plan Development Approach
The development of the FSMP was done in a participatory manner using an
Ecosystem Approach to Fisheries (EAF). As an approach and a tool, the EAF
refers to a management philosophy that strives to balance diverse societal
objectives by taking account of the knowledge and uncertainties about the
biotic, abiotic and human components of ecosystems and their interactions, and
applying an integrated approach to fisheries within ecologically meaningful
boundaries (FAO, 2003). This simply means that sustainable development
relies on effective governance as a key mechanism for achieving both human
and ecological well-being (Figure 2).

In a nutshell, the EAF is a practical way to implement sustainable development

principles; it is an integrated approach that allows for trade-offs during the
balancing of human well-being (social and economic) and ecological well-being
(fish and environment) through good governance (legal and institutional
framework). It includes a broad set of objectives and a participatory,
precautionary and adaptive process. It is against this background that the EAF
has been used to develop the FSMP with a comprehensive fishery
management system that seeks to ensure sustainable and equitable use of the
whole system (ecological and human) to best meet community needs and
values.

Using the EAF, the development of the FSMP was done in the following steps;
(i) Collection of baseline information;
(ii) Organising stakeholders’ workshops for validating and adopting the
baseline information, and identifying any issues; and
(iii) Using a problem tree to separate issues from causes, effects and
drivers in order to identify core problems as concrete issues that should
be addressed by this master plan.

Other activities used to inform the process were:

(i) a checklist,
(ii) a questionnaire survey,
(iii) an extensive review of related documents, and
(iv) an analysis of the strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and
challenges (SWOC).

21

8
 Figure 2: A conceptual framework showing how sustainable development
relies on governance for achieving the human well-being and the
ecological well-being.
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
(The present generation living and
meeting its needs without
compromising the ability of future
generation to meet their needs as

HUMAN WELL-BEING GOVERNANCE

ECOLOGICAL (socio-economic)
WELL-BEING

Harvest of Fishery Equitable National

Resources Distribution of governance,
Benefits Fisheries Agency,

Sustainable Fishing
Habitat Livelihood Communities/Fishi
Protection and ng Industry
Restoration

Pollution Improved
Reduction and Sustained Others; NGOs and
Waste National Local Government
Management Economy and

General
Ecosystem Source: Developed from different FAO concepts on EAF.
Impacts

2.2 Methodology for Developing the FSMP

2.2.1 Baseline information on the fisheries sector

The development of the FSMP started with a collection of baseline information
on the fisheries sector in Tanzania; this was done during the initiation and
scoping phases. The report on baseline information provided a comprehensive
status of the sector, particularly on small-scale capture fisheries in all potential

22

9
 water bodies and aquaculture to inform the development of the FSMP. The
report also showed the status of the fishery resource, provided a description of
trends of the marine and inland capture fisheries as well as of aquaculture, the
economic importance of the fisheries sector, the management of fisheries,
training in fisheries, research and extension services, the fisheries and
aquaculture infrastructure, fish and fishery products, quality assurance and
standards, a markets analysis, monitoring, control and surveillance (MCS), and
the opportunities and challenges in the fisheries sector in the country.

2.2.2 Fisheries stakeholders’ workshops

Fisheries stakeholders’ workshops were held in Mwanza, Mbeya and Tanga.
The workshops attracted stakeholders’ representatives who benefit from the
following water bodies; Lake Victoria, Lake Tanganyika, Lake Nyasa and the
small water bodies in the South-West highland regions of Tanzania, and the
Indian Ocean and river systems. The workshops were aimed at validating and
adopting the baseline report, brainstorming on issues hindering the
development of the sector and its contribution to improved livelihoods and to the
national economy. The workshops were also used as avenues for kicking off the
development of the FSMP by creating a shared understanding and ownership of
priority issues, operational objectives and strategic interventions to address the
issues identified. Since the overall objective of the National Fisheries Sector
Policy is “to develop a robust, competitive and efficient fisheries sector that
contributes to food security and nutrition, growth of the national economy and
improvement of the wellbeing of the fisheries stakeholders while conserving the
environment’’, this became the overarching focus of the FSMP.

2.2.3 Problem tree

During the stakeholders’ workshops, the problem tree was used as a tool to
separate threats and issues from causes, effects and drivers in order to identify
core problems as concrete issues. The issues formed the basis for developing
operational objectives, while the causes of the problems were used to develop
strategic interventions. Since the importance of many issues varies and since
not all issues require explicit management and often there are not enough
resources for addressing everything, the issues identified were condensed and
prioritized prior to the development of operational objectives.

The prioritization of issues was done based on a risk assessment, especially

likelihood and impacts, considering the fact that risk is the effect of uncertainty
to meet objectives. Other prioritization criteria included; (i) tasks assigned to the
fisheries sector under international and national policies, laws and other
directives; (ii) the sector’s capability to make the contribution it is expected to
make to the national economy; (iii) its capability to satisfy needs for the
development and management of fisheries; and (iv) political, scientific,
technological and economic factors.

2.2.4 Key informant interviews

A checklist for key informants was designed to collect information on the
implementation status of the previous master plan (2002–2015) in order to

23

10
review it. The information that was collected using the checklist complemented
the information that was obtained from the master plan implementation reports.
The key informants included clientele and informed outsiders who were
accessible and willing to talk, and who had enough knowledge of the fisheries
sector. Thus, the key informants included officials from the Ministry, Local
Government Authorities and staff members who had information on the
implementation of the previous master plan.

2.2.5 Questionnaire
A questionnaire was used to collect information from different groups of
stakeholders’ representatives. The questionnaires were administered
concurrently with the exercise of collecting baseline information. Specifically,
the questionnaire was designed and developed by the Ministry for the purpose
of collecting socio-economic data and other relevant information for developing
the FSMP from stakeholders who were not invited in the stakeholders’
workshops (Appendix 3). The questionnaire comprised many open-ended
questions. Such questions were used because they made it possible for the
informants to give their own answers.

2.2.6 Extensive review of documents

Secondary data was collected from relevant documents throughout the FSMP
development process. The documents reviewed included the Fisheries Policy
(2015), Tanzania Vision 2025, the Third Five-Year National Development Plan
(2021/22–2025/26), the Fisheries Sector Development Programme (FSDP)
(2010), the National Plan of Action for Small Scale Fisheries (2021) and the
Fisheries Act (2003) and Regulations (2009). Other related documents were
regulations, articles, priority fisheries management plans, strategic plans and
the baseline report, which shows the current status of the fisheries sector in
mainland Tanzania. Additional information was collected from different
government ministries, departments and non-governmental organizations
involved in fisheries activities.

2.2.7 SWOC analysis

SWOC analysis as a strategic planning tool was done during collection of
baseline information by different stakeholders to identify the external and
internal factors inhibiting the success and growth of the fisheries sector. The
tool provided a comprehensive internal picture (strengths and weaknesses) and
an external picture (opportunities and challenges). The analysis of internal
factors provided information on how the sector should capitalize on its strengths
and address the weaknesses, while the analysis of the external environment
helped to identify opportunities and take appropriate measures to exploit the
existing opportunities and to overcome/address the challenges facing the
sector. As far as the FSMP is concerned, the tool was used to determine the
status of the fisheries sector and its sustainability.

24

11
 CHAPTER 3
CHAPTER 3

3.0 GENERAL STATUS OF THE FISHERIES SECTOR

3.1 Overview
Tanzania is endowed with a rich diversity of tropical marine and freshwater
ecosystems, and associated organisms. These provide the country with
economic opportunities that require development for the benefit of the people
residing within or adjacent to such areas and the entire country.

Inland water ecosystems occupy 20% of the total land area. Fishing activities in
inland waters are mainly carried out in the three major lakes, also known as the
Great Lakes or internationally shared lakes, namely Lake Victoria, Lake
Tanganyika and Lake Nyasa. There are also small water bodies, including
satellite lakes, rivers, wetlands and dams. The small lakes in which significant
fisheries take place include Babati, Manyara and Rukwa, and various smaller
lakes with insignificant fish biomass. The major rivers are Pangani, Wami,
Ruvu, Rufiji and Ruvuma. Other rivers are Malagarasi, Ruaha, Kagera, Mara,
Mbwemkuru and Lukuledi. The major wetlands include Kilombero, Malagarasi-
Muyovosi, Rufiji-Mafia (include, freshwater, brackish and marine), Lake Natron
and Ihefu. Fishing in inland waters is dominated by artisanal/small-scale fishery.
Fish landings from inland waters are estimated to be 384,356 metric tonnes
which is equivalent to 78.63% of the total weight of fish captured in Tanzania
(Table 1).

Coastal and marine ecosystems occupy an area of about 241,500 km2,

equivalent to about 20% of total land area of the country. Marine fisheries are
divided into artisanal and industrial fisheries. Artisanal fisheries take place in the
territorial waters (a 12 -nautical miles stretch). The catch mostly consists of
finfish and, to a small extent, shrimps. Artisanal fisheries are dominated by
traditional small craft (3-11 m long) and traditional fishing methods. Semi-
industrial/industrial fisheries are done in both territorial waters and the exclusive
economic zone (EEZ), targeting shellfish (prawns/shrimps - white prawns
(Fenneropenaeus indicus), giant black prawns (Penaeus monodon), tiger
prawns (P. semisulcatus) and brown shrimp (Metapenaeus monoceros),
lobsters, cephalopods and crabs) and finfish species belonging to the families of
Lutjanidae, Lethrinidae, Pomacentridae, Scombridae, Flatfishes, etc. in the
territorial waters; and tuna as well as tuna-like species, including marlin,
swordfish, yellowfin tuna, skipjack tuna, bigeye tuna and sharks in the EEZ.
Marine capture fish production was 86,467 metric tonnes equivalent to 17.69%
of total fisheries (inland and marine) production (Table 1).

25

12
 Table 1: Inland waters and marine areas fishery and aquaculture
production in 2019.

Inland waters Tonnes %

Aquaculture production (freshwater) 16204 3.31
Capture production 384356 78.63
Sub Total 400560 81.94
Marine areas
Aquaculture production (brackish-
water) 360 0.07
Aquaculture production (marine) 1449 0.30
Capture production 86467 17.69
Sub Total 88276 18.06
Grand Total 488836 100

Source: FAO. 2021. Fishery and Aquaculture Statistics. Global production by

production source 1950-2019 (FishstatJ). In: FAO Fisheries Division [online].
Rome. Updated 2021. www.fao.org/fishery/statistics/software/fishstatj/en

3.2 Importance of the Fisheries Sector

The fisheries sector has high potential to develop and contribute to the national
economy. The contribution of the fisheries sector to the GDP is approximately
1.7% per annum and has been growing at an average rate of 1.5% (URT,
2020). The per capita fish consumption in Tanzania is 8.5 kg person-1 year-1
(URT, 2019), which is lower than FAO’s estimates for the global per capita fish
consumption of 20.5 kg person-1 year-1 (FAO, 2020). The per capita fish
consumption of people residing along water bodies is higher, though figures
from each water body are not established yet. Fisheries contribute to economic
growth and human welfare in many developing countries, including Tanzania.

Fish is an important source of nutrients including; protein, fatty acids and

minerals, particularly in areas where the consumption of fish is high. The sector
plays a significant role in socio-economic development, foreign exchange and
employment. Fisheries provided direct employment to fishers, with the number
increasing over time, from 133,197 in 2005 to 195,435 in 2020 (Ministry of
Livestock and Fisheries, 2020). This is attributed to the fact that in most coastal
areas, there are no alternative income generating activities apart from fishing.
About 200,000 people (0.35%) are full-time small-scale fishers and
approximately 4.5 million Tanzanians (6.89%) are indirectly employed in the
fisheries industry in the mainland Tanzania. The latter work in boat building

26

13
 (there are about 5 boat building companies (Dar es Salaam, Mwanza,
Mikindani, Kigoma and Mbamba Bay)), fish mongering, fishing net
manufacturing (4 companies), net mending, fish trading and small scale fish
processors at the beach. Others work for fisheries institutions, fish processing
factories, fish shops (butcheries) and NGOs (Ministry of Livestock and
Fisheries, 2018).

Luomba et al. (2013) and Igulu et al. (2014) revealed that fishers engage in
other income generation activities to meet their daily needs and to subsidize
their income. The main activities that the fishers are involved in to supplement
their income are farming of both cash and food crops (if the environment is
conducive), livestock keeping (cows, sheep, goats), petty business such as food
kiosks, making of local brews and selling of clothes. It was estimated that about
58% of the fishers have more than one source of income (Luomba et al., 2013).
The fishers’ income is mostly spent on various activities but, a large proportion
use their income on the basic needs such as, food, clothes, shelter, medical
service and education. Interestingly, the crews spend much of their money on
entertainment such as alcohol, sex, attending video shows and night disco at
the landing sites. However, from an economic point of view, fishing and related
activities have been a major employer and contributor to the economy. The
parameters that have been considered to compare the economic status of the
countries are: annual fish production, balance of trade for fisheries sector and
contribution of fisheries sector to the gross domestic product (GDP) of the
particular nation.

The fisheries sector is among the priority sectors in the National Strategy for
Growth and Reduction of Poverty II (NSGRP). The NSGRP is a medium-term
mechanism to achieve the aspirations articulated in Tanzania Development
Vision 2025 (TDV 2025), which is geared at transforming Tanzania into a
middle-income country, characterized by: (i) high quality livelihoods; (ii) peace,
stability and unity; (iii) good governance; (iv) a well-educated and learning
society; and (v) a strong and competitive economy. It is worth noting that,
Tanzania reached an important milestone in July 2020, when it formally moved
from a low-income country to a lower middle-income country (World Bank,
2020), five years ahead of time. The NSGRP II translates the aspirations in
Vision 2025 into measurable, broad outcomes organized under three clusters,
namely Growth of Income for the Reduction of Poverty; Improvement of the
Quality of Life and Social Well-being; and Governance and Accountability.

3.3 Fisheries Production in Tanzania

Over the last decade, the fish catch from inland and marine waters ranged from
375,533 tonnes in 2005 to 473,592 tonnes in 2020 (MLF, 2020). About 85% of
the production was from inland capture fisheries, 14% from marine capture
fisheries and 1% from aquaculture. Major commercial species include the Nile
perch (Lates niloticus), the Nile tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus) and the Lake
Victoria sardines (also known as Silver cyprinid - Rastrineobola argentea) while
commercial marine fish, including both territorial and EEZ species are as

27

14
mentioned in sub-section 3.1. The production of fish in both inland and marine
waters in the past fifteen years (2005–2020) is shown in Table 2.

The annual fish production of a country is used as an indicator of the

performance of the fisheries sector. According to the available annual fisheries
statistical reports (2008–2018), the fisheries production in Tanzania fluctuates,
with an increasing trend overtime. The trend of estimated fish catches from
inland and marine fisheries in ten years from 2008 to 2018 combined, ranged
from 324,821 tonnes in 2008 to 363,153 tonnes in 2018, with annual average of
356,035 tonnes (Figure 3). In the past ten years (2008–2018), the contribution
of the sector to the GDP has ranged between 2.4% (2009) and 1.71% (2018)
(National Bureau of Statistics, 2019).

Table 2: Fish production in inland and marine waters (2005–2020.

Year Inland Annual Catch (in Metric Tonnes) Marine Annual Catch
(in Metric Tonnes)
2005 320,566 54,967
2006 292,519 48,591
2007 284,347 43,499
2008 281,691 43,130
2009 288,059 47,615
2010 294,474 52,683
2011 290,474 50,592
2012 314,944 50,079
2013 315,008 52,846
2014 314,061 51,912
2015 309,922 52,723
2016 308,771 53,823
2017 332,373 55,169
2018 309,922 53,231
2019 409,333 60,977
2020 409,828 63,764

28

15
 Figure 3: Catch trends (inland and marine combined) from 2008 to 2018.

Source: Division of Fisheries

In 2020, a total of 473,592 tonnes of fish worth TZS 2.37 trillion (USD 1.03
billion) were harvested compared to 362,645 tonnes worth 1.48 trillion shillings
which were harvested in 2015. Out of the 2020 harvest, 409,828.31 tonnes
were harvested from inland waters and 63,763.93 tonnes from marine waters
compared to 470,309.5 tonnes harvested in 2019, of which 409,333 tonnes
were harvested from inland waters and 60,976.51 tonnes from marine waters.
The increase in the harvest was due to the decline of illegal fishing activities
(URT, 2020). Such an increase may also be attributed to unregistered fishes,
which currently are being recorded.

3.4 Export and Import of Fish and Fisheries Products

With respect to the fish trade and marketing, Tanzania is both an importer and
exporter of fish and fishery products. The export of these products is done to
earn foreign exchange for undertaking various government development
activities. However, some of the revenues obtained are ploughed back into the
Fisheries Division so that it can carry out its various activities such as
management, training, monitoring and development of the sector.

The demand for fish is very high in Tanzania. The fish available are not
sufficient; this is due to the high population growth resulting in needs that
surpass fish supply. Currently, the government and other stakeholders are
promoting aquaculture to supplement the capture fisheries and to increase food
security and livelihoods (see Part II).
3.4.1 Export of fish
It is mainly Nile perch fillets that are exported to international markets (mainly to
the European Union, Japan and the United States); dried Lake Victoria sardines

29

16
are exported to regional markets (mainly to Democratic Republic of the Congo,
Zambia, Malawi, Burundi). Other fishery products that are exported include
crabs, prawns, fish maws, octopus, seashells, live lobsters, squid, seaweed and
ornamental fish. In the past seven years, the country has exported 285,076,209
kg of fish (Figure 4). Increased exports of fishery products from an average of
379 billion shillings, equivalent to USD 164,782,608.7 per annum in 2008/2009
to 691 billion shillings, equivalent to USD 300,434,782.6 in 2018/2019,
registered an increase of 82.3%, which depicts a significant increase that
enabled the country to earn more foreign exchange (URT, 2020).

Figure 4: Fish export trends between 2012 and 2018.

Source: Fisheries Division

3.4.2 Fish import and fisheries production

Formerly the country was importing fish such as Frozen Bogue (Spain), Frozen
Indian Mackerel (Yemen), Frozen Little Tunny (Yemen), Frozen Pacific
Mackerel (China, South Korea, Japan and Yemen), Frozen Tilapia (China) and
Frozen Yellow Tail Scad (Yemen). In the past seven years (2012 to 2018),
Tanzania has imported a total of 94,750,018 kg (Figure 5; Table 2). The
importation of fish declined by 99.7%, from 22,962 tonnes worth 56.12 billion
shillings, equivalent to USD 24,400,000 in 2016/2017 to 8.21 tonnes worth 0.16
billion shillings, equivalent to USD 69,565.2 in 2020 (URT, 2020).

30

17
 Figure 5: Fish import trends between 2012 and 2019.

Table 2: Fish import trends from 2012 to 2019.

Value Royalty
Year Tonnes
USD TZS TZS USD/kg TZS/kg
2012 4,886 3,512,976 5,507,054,266 1,681,166,953 0.72 1127.11
2013 6,642 5,718,246 9,027,183,853 2,649,611,644 0.86 1359.11
2014 6,792 6,009,655 9,889,823,440 2,818,169,086 0.88 1456.10
2015 16,744 15,338,685 32,211,238,339 7,247,564,250 0.92 1923.75
2016 13,972 12,749,583 26,774,123,925 8,519,807,734 0.91 1916.27
2017 22,962 25,065,356 56,121,332,048 12,869,006,181 1.09 2444.10
2018 22,752 19,571,180 44,896,287,035 12,929,314,631 0.86 1973.29
2019 6 50,693 116,594,174 37,010,742 8.45 19432.36

Source: Fisheries Division

31

18
3.5 Fish Stocks, Production Trends, Value and Fishing Effort

3.5.1 Fish stocks/biomass

Based on the fish stock assessment surveys conducted in different water
bodies and in different years (1970s, 1994, 1998 and 2019), the abundance of
fish in terms of biomass shows that Lake Victoria is leading (1,109,932 tonnes).
It is followed by Lake Tanganyika (295,000 tonnes), Lake Nyasa (168,000
tonnes) and marine territorial waters (100,000 tonnes) (TAFIRI, 2019). Other
contributions come from the small water bodies. However, this data does not
show the current fish biomass of these water bodies, except for Lake Victoria,
because the data was collected many years ago (Table 3).

Table 3: Fish biomass of different water bodies (on Tanzanian side).

No. Water Body Total Tanzania’ Coverage in Estimated Year of

Area s Share Percentage Biomass** in Survey
(km2) (km2) Terms Tonnes on
Tanzanian side

1 Lake Victoria 68,800 35,088 51 1,109,932 2019

2 Lake Tanganyika 32,900 13,489 41 295,000 1998
3 Lake Nyasa 30,800 168,000 1994
4 Marine (Territorial 64,000 64,000 100 100,000 1970’s
sea)
5 Other inland 5,000 5,000 100 30,000 1970
water bodies
Source: TAFIRI (2019)
**
Biomass – weight of an individual or a group of individuals contemporaneous
of a stock (FAO, 2003). This is the same as the total weight of a stock or
biological unit of fish or a fraction of it. It is a standing biomass of which part can
be harvested based on maximum sustainable yield (MSY) calculated by
researchers, while leaving enough in the water to ensure sustainability. The
biomass figures presented in Table 1 merely provide an indication of the fish
production capacity of the systems and not how much can be fished. Further
stock assessment work is required to establish the MSY for the different
fisheries.

3.5.2 Trends in the fishing effort, total catch and value

The number of fishers in mainland Tanzania, fishing in both inland and marine
waters is estimated to be 202,000 people, who possess 58,930 fishing craft.
Out of these fishers, 54,511 are small-scale fishers, who fish in territorial
waters, with 9,650 fishing craft (MLF, 2018). Most of the fishes caught by small-
scale fishers in marine waters (88%) are consumed locally, while 12% is
exported to regional and international markets. Fishing effort has been
increasing over the years (Figure 6) due to new entrants in the fishing industry
because of the open access nature of the fisheries sector and an increased

32

19
 demand for fish as a source of livelihood for fishers and the surrounding
communities. The trends given in Table 4 show an increase in the number of
fishers and of fishing vessels with the associated catch. Table2 shows an
increase of the effort over the years for inland fisheries, but the catches are
fluctuating with an overall increased trend, with a notable small increase in the
recent years.

The effort in marine fisheries is constant with a slight increase in catches over
the years. Table 4 presents an increase of value for inland fisheries. However,
since 2014, the value has been fluctuating with a decreasing trend. Such trends
in the fishing effort and catch perhaps imply overfishing and overcapacity in the
fisheries sector in some of the water bodies. In other water bodies like marine
waters there is room to step up the effort. This situation calls for management
interventions to control the fishing capacity in order to achieve sustainable
exploitation and safeguarding of the optimal socio-economic benefits.

Figure 6: Fishing effort trends (number of fishing vessels and fishers).

Source: Fisheries Division

As far as the value of fish is concerned, the annual income per fisher in the
inland fisheries (Table 4) had been increasing until 2014. The fishers working in
Lake Victoria were 54% of all the fishers, with 62% of the total catch and value.
In terms of catch and the number of fishers, the small-scale marine fisheries
ranked second, but in terms of value they ranked third, while those working in
Lake Tanganyika ranked second. The average annual income per fisher clearly
depicts the effects of overcapacity in the Lake Victoria fisheries, where the total
value of the catch ranked first, but the income per fisher was minimal compared
to the other water bodies: Lake Victoria, TZS 10,103,812 (USD 4,366), Lake
Tanganyika, TZS 10,317,185 (USD 4,458) and Lake Nyasa, TZS 13,681,200
(USD 5,912) (Table 5).

33

20
 Table 4: Trends in the fishing effort and the estimated annual fish catch
for inland and marine fisheries from 2008 to 2018.

Inland Fisheries Marine Fisheries

Year Fisher Fishing Annual Fisher Fishing Annual Catch
Vessel Catch (in Vessel (in Tonnes)
Tonnes)
2008 133,791 44,832 281,690.9 36,247 7,342 43,130
2009 135,769 45,234 288,058.5 36,321 7,664 47,615
2010 141,206 47,635 294,474.0 36,321 7,664 52,683
2011 141,206 47,635 290,473.6 36,321 7,664 50,592
2012 146,420 49,321 314,944.0 36,321 7,664 50,079
2013 147,020 49,721 315,008.0 36,321 7,664 52,846
2014 147,479 49,627 314,061.5 36,321 7,664 51,912
2015 147,479 49,627 309,922.0 36,321 7,664 52,723
2016 149,018 49,688 308,771.6 54,511 9,650 53,823
2017 149,018 49,688 332,373.0 54,511 9,650 55,169
2018 149,018 49,688 309,922.1 53,035 7,664 53,231
Source: Fisheries Division

Table 5: Distribution of fishers, fishing crafts, catches and value by water

bodies – 2018.

Yearly
income
Yearly per
Fishing Catches Values in income per fisher
Fishers crafts (tonnes) ‘000’ TZS fisher (TZS) (USD)
Lake Victoria 109,397 31,773 235,171 1,105,326,730 10,103,812 4,366

Lake Tanganyika 26,612 11,506 58,417 274,560,934 10,317,185 4,459

Lake Nyasa 5,550 2,632 16,155 75,930,662 13,681,200 5,912
Lake Rukwa 3,428 1,786 4,172 19,607,037 5,719,672 2,472
Mtera Dam 2,369 1,238 5,175 24,323,487 10,267,407 4,437
Nyumba ya Mungu
Dam 783 432 3,204 15,058,095 19,231,284 8,311
Minor water bodies 879 321 821 3,860,674 4,392,121 1,898
Marine - small scale 53,035 9,242 53,232 250,190,118 4,717,453 2,039
Total 202,053 58,930 376,353 1,768,857,737 8,754,425 3,783
Source: Fisheries Division

34

21
 3.6 Status of Fish Stocks/Biomass and Fish Production by
Small-Scale Fishers in Major Lakes

3.6.1 Status of fish stocks and biomass in Lake Victoria

Lake Victoria supports Africa’s largest inland fisheries, with most of the catch
being the Nile perch (Lates niloticus), which was introduced in the lake in the
1950s (Mgaya and Mahongo, 2017). The latest acoustic survey conducted in
September 2019 reported an estimated biomass (standing stock) for the Nile
perch at 422,076 tonnes and Dagaa (Rastrineobola argentea) at 512,840
tonnes, while other fish species, including haplochromines, constituted 175,016
tonnes. These made the estimated biomass (standing stock) of Lake Victoria to
be 1,109,932 tonnes for the Tanzanian part of the lake (Table 3; LVFO, 2019).
The current status of the three main commercial fish stocks, namely the Nile
perch (Lates niloticus), the Nile tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus) and the Lake
Victoria sardines or Dagaa (Rastrineobola argentea) was reviewed by
examining trends in the biomass (standing stock), landings, catch per unit effort
(CPUE) and biological indicators (LVFO, 2016). Using coefficients of the linear
regression of CPUE and effort, a Schaefer model was applied to estimate the
maximum sustainable yield (MSY) for Nile perch in the lake. The model showed
that the MSY for the Nile perch could be as high as 315,844 tonnes per year.
However, to achieve the estimated MSY, the Nile Perch Fisheries Management
Plan (2015-2019) recommended reduction of the fishing effort by 39%. Over the
years, the biomass (standing stock) had considerably declined with catches
being higher than the predicted MSY.

3.6.2 Fish production and the fishing effort in Lake Victoria

Lake Victoria fisheries contribute 62.5% of the country’s total fish catches
(Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries, 2018). It supports 109,397 small-scale
fishers with 31,773 fishing vessels (Table 4). The most common gear used in
Lake Victoria includes gillnets, seine nets, beach seines, long lines, hand lines
and scoop nets. The Catch Assessment Survey (CAS) conducted by TAFIRI–
Mwanza and the Fisheries Department in 2017 recorded the Nile perch, Dagaa,
Haplochromines and Tilapiines as the major commercial fish species from Lake
Victoria. Bagrus docmac, Protopterus aethiopicus, Clarias gariepinus, Momyrus
spp., Brycinus spp., and Labeo spp. were also recorded. Dagaa contributed
more to the total catch by weight (41.9%), though its contribution in monetary
value was low (21.5%) when compared to that of the Nile perch (28.4%).
Tilapiines were among the species that had low catches and a very low
contribution to the total catch (2.0%), but highly preferred by the people in the
lake region and its market price was second to that of the Nile perch. The
increase in the Nile perch catches from the 8,348 tonnes estimated in
November 2015 to the 10,321 tonnes estimated in September 2017 is explained
by a slight increase in fishing craft used to target the species from the 15,407
recorded in the 2014 frame survey to the 15,825 crafts recorded in the 2016
frame survey. However, it could also be explained by the various management
measures taken by the Fisheries Division, including removal of illegal fishing
gear.

35

22
Although the general trend of Dagaa indicates an increasing rate, the last three
surveys (2015–2017) indicated a decline (Figure 7). The craft used to target
Dagaa increased in number from the 8,428 recorded in the 2014 frame survey
to the 10,159 crafts recorded in 2016, but the catches of Dagaa dropped from
the 35,659 tonnes recorded in the November 2015 survey to the 26,877 tonnes
recorded in the September 2017 survey. This could be the result of an increase
in the catch of haplochromines, a competitor, by almost three times.
Haplochromines, which are caught mostly as by-catch in Dagaa fishery, have
been on the increase from the 5,531 tonnes recorded in the November 2015
survey to the 18,965 tonnes recorded in the September 2017 survey. However,
the number of craft used to target the species also increased from the 1,378
recorded in the 2014 frame survey to the 1,473 recorded in the 2016 frame
survey. Tilapia catches increased from the 320 tonnes recorded in the
November 2015 survey to the 1,285 tonnes recorded in 2017 survey. The
increase in production of Dagaa and Tilapia could also be the result of the
improved management measures taken, which involved constant surveillance
during that period.

Figure 7: Estimated total catches of main commercial species from July

2015 to September 2017.
(NP = Nile perch; DA = Dagaa; TL = Tilapiines; HA = Haplochromines)

40,000
DA
35,000 HA
30,000 NP
Catch (Ton)

TL
25,000

20,000

15,000

10,000

5,000

0
Aug-05
Sep-05

Aug-06

Aug-07

Sep-11
May-13

Sep-17
Feb-08
Jul-05

Nov-05
Mar-06

Dec-06
Mar-07

Dec-08
Mar-10

Mar-14
Nov-15

Source: TAFIRI, October 2019: Report on the Lake Victoria Catch Assessment
Survey for September 2017

3.6.3 Status of fish stocks and biomass in Lake Tanganyika

The fish biomass (in the Tanzanian part) was estimated at 295,000 tonnes in
1998 (Table 3). The lake has more than 250 cichlid fish species and 150 non-
cichlid fish species, most of which live along the shoreline, down to a depth of

36

23
 approximately 180 m (Salzburger et al., 2014). It has been observed that the
largest biomass of fish is in the pelagic zone within the open waters dominated
by six species: two Clupeid species (Stolothrissa tanganicae and Limnothrissa
miodon) and four Lates species (Lates stappersii, L. angustifrons, L. mariae and
L. microlepis). These are the important commercial fish species in Lake
Tanganyika targeted by most fishers. Since no acoustic surveys have been
undertaken for over twenty years, most of the information on the status of the
resources is based on catch statistics, frame surveys and information from
fishing communities. The fish landings and populations of the commercial
species are reported to decline to levels that can no longer sustain the long-
term commercial fishery (AU-IBAR, 2016).

3.6.4 Fish production and the fishing effort

There are two distinct but overlapping fisheries in Lake Tanganyika, the near-
shore (the littoral zone) fisheries and the offshore (pelagic zone) fisheries. The
annual catch in 2018 was estimated to be 58,417 tonnes; this quantity
contributed about 15% of the country’s total catch (Table 3).

The fisheries depend on the six dominant pelagic species mentioned above
(section 3.6.3). However, the communities reported a decline in fish landings
and the fisheries biodiversity of Lake Tanganyika, particularly these important
commercial fish species (AU-IBAR, 2016). The fisheries support 26,612 small-
scale fishers with 11,506 fishing vessels, while more than 700,000 people
depend on fishing-related activities. The latter include a wide range of
operational groups (Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries, 2018). The catch trend
is presented in Figure 6. The most common gear used in Lake Tanganyika
includes gillnets, seine nets, beach seines, long lines, hand lines and scoop
nets. The resources in the Lake Tanganyika fisheries play a vital role in the
national and regional economy, as well as people’s well-being and nutrition in
the four riparian countries, namely Burundi, the Democratic Republic of the
Congo, Tanzania and Zambia. Overall collapses in other food production
sectors caused by civil unrest, social conflicts (DRC) and environmental
degradation in the region have clearly increased pressure on the utilization of
the fish resources in the lake.

3.6.5 Status of fish stocks and biomass in Lake Nyasa

Lake Nyasa is the third deepest freshwater lake in the world and is one of the
lakes found in the Rift Valley. The lake is shared between Tanzania,
Mozambique and Malawi, and is home to 800–1000 fish species, making it the
most fish species-rich lake in the world. The last stock assessment conducted
for Lake Nyasa in 1994 estimated the fish biomass at 168,000 tonnes (in the
Tanzanian part of the lake) (Table 3); (UK/SADC, 1995). Many of the species in
the lake are endemic, being isolated from the Zambezi fauna.

37

24
 Figure 8: Catch trend for Lake Tanganyika (2013–2018).

Source: Fisheries Division

3.6.6 Fish production and the fishing effort

For the whole lake, there are about 56,000 fishers who harvest more than
100,000 tonnes of fish per year. On the Tanzanian side, there are 5,550 fishers
and 2,632 fishing vessels harvesting about 16,155 tonnes of fish (Ministry of
Livestock and Fisheries, 2018). Annual fish production on the Tanzanian side
decreased slightly from 9,913 tonnes in 2013 to 9,386 tonnes in 2014. It
increased again to 16,155 tonnes in 2018 (Figure 9).

The low fish production on the Tanzanian side is due mainly to the productivity
of the area and the depth profile of the northern part of the lake. Productivity is
higher in the shallow southern side; this enhances the deployment of small-
scale and commercial trawlers by Malawian fishers (UK/SADC, 1995). Other
factors may be environmental degradation and the inability to integrate
environmental protection with development, insufficient empowerment of the
local communities and the low level of technology among fishers. Strong winds
and small fishing craft restrict Tanzanian fishers to near-shore fishing grounds.

Estimated fish catch by species is difficult to get in Tanzania, because of the

large number of small-scale fishers and the government’s limited capacity to
collect sufficient catch data at the landing sites (few data enumerators) and
limited funds to conduct research. For that matter, it is difficult to know the exact
status of the Shire tilapia (Oreochromis shiranus) and Usipa or the Lake Nyasa
sardines (Engraulicypris sardella). However, the catch data for all the fish
species obtained from 2013 to 2018 showed an increasing trend from 2016 to
2018 (Figure 5). The IUCN Red List Assessment of Lake Malawi, which was

38

25
 funded by JRS Biodiversity, found that 9% of 458 fish species are at the risk of
extinction; this situation threatens local food security (Sayer et al., 2019).

Figure 9: Catch Trend for Lake Tanganyika (2013–2018).

Source: Fisheries Division

3.7 Status of Fish Production in Marine Waters

3.7.1 Small-scale fishers

Most of the fisheries in the inshore waters have been harvested by small-scale
fishers, with the exception of prawn trawlers, which are semi-industrial. The
fishing of prawns (semi-industrial) was closed for ten years, from 2007 to 2017,
because of a decline in the stock. Despite the ten-year moratorium, the stock is
still low. In a research conducted by TAFIRI it was concluded that small-scale
fishers were responsible for the non-recovery of the stock (Chande et al., 2019).
It was, therefore, recommended that the relevant authority pay attention to the
small-scale fishers, for their activities were hindering the recovery of the prawn
stock owing to the reduction of brood stocks which, in turn, affected inshore
recruitment.

The moratorium for commercial prawn trawlers was lifted in 2017 by allowing up
to 12 fishing vessels. However, only two trawlers were licenced to fish. The rest
did not qualify according to the national regulations (Fisheries Regulations,
2009). Results of the assessment carried out on the status of the prawn stock in
the artisanal fisheries by TAFIRI from 2018 to 2019 revealed that two species of
shallow water prawns, the Indian prawn (Fenneropenaeus indicus) and the
speckled shrimp (Metapenaeus monoceros), continued to dominate the catch.
Other four species of prawns were identified, namely Penaeus monodon, P.
semisulcatus, P. japonicus, and Macrobrachium rude.

39

26
The main fish species caught by small-scale fishers include (i) small pelagic
species (herrings, mackerel and anchovy), (ii) large pelagic species (Spanish
mackerel, bonito, yellowfin tuna, barracuda, jack and wolf herring), (iii) demersal
fishes (Siganids, shark, ray, skate, sole, catfish, and prawn/shrimp), (iv) coral
reef fishes (emperors, snappers, parrotfish, surgeon fish, rabbit fish, groupers
and goat fish), and (v) the lagoon and intertidal species (high value species
such as octopus, squid, crabs, lobsters and a variety of bivalves and
gastropods). In 2018, small-scale marine fisheries contributed 14% (53,232
tonnes) of the total fish catch in the country, while 86% (309,922 tonnes) came
from inland small-scale fisheries (Table 4).

3.7.2 Status of off-shore fisheries (marine waters)

The EEZ fisheries are currently exploited by licenced Distant Water Fishing
Nations (DWFN) using purse seiners and long liners under the management of
the Deep-Sea Fishing Authority (DSFA) and, therefore, not accessible to local
fishers due to possession of poor fishing vessels and gears. The commercial
fisheries are mainly concentrated in the EEZ and target tuna and tuna-like
species such as yellowfin and bigeye tunas, skipjack, shark, swordfish and
marlin.

The lack of fishing harbours in the country, which would have enabled EEZ
fishing vessels to land and declare their catches, forces fishing vessels (which
have been fishing in the Tanzanian EEZ) to land their catches in neighbouring
fishing harbours. The volume of fish catches from the EEZ (Table 6) cannot be
known because the data are in patches owing to the lack of a fishing port, which
would have enabled EEZ fishing vessels to land and declare their catches
before they are trans-shipped. There are ongoing efforts to address this
problem and others related to landing sites for fish, especially those from the
EEZ and the high seas.

40

27
 Table 6: Fish catches from EEZ since the establishment of DSFA

AL
Year B BET YFT SKJ BMARL SMARL SWO SAILF Shark Others Total

2010 - 145 870 1,481 - - - - - - 2,496

2011 - 22 138 384 - - - - - - 544

2012 - 789 2,337 3,432 - - - - - 3 6,561

2013 - 2,069 4,124 7,073 - - - - - 390 13,656

2014 4 2,245 4,486 4,858 - - 145 - - 538 12,275

2015 5 2,575 3,155 5,173 289 11 132 6 82 58 11,485

2016 450 1,615 7,263 7,736 46 25 137 10 22 120 17,425

2017 - 1,007 844 0 70 - 190 6 46 83 2,245

2018 - 345 557 - 35 - 127 6 18 87 1,175

(ALB = Albacore, BET = Bigeye tuna, YFT= Yellowfin tuna, SKJ = Skipjack; BMARL = Black marlin; SWO = Swordfish;
SAILF = Sailfish).
Source: Deep Sea Fishing Authority (2019)

28
CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 4

4.0 INVESTMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT

4.1 Investment in Fisheries Sector
The fisheries sector is one of the fast-growing sectors that have caught the
attention of several investors. There are numerous and attractive investment
opportunities in the fisheries sector in the country; these include fish
processing, manufacturing of fishing vessels and gear, aquatic tourism
(marine parks and reserves), ornamental fish aquarium, fish marketing and
aquaculture.

The government has pledged its support to potential investors in the inland
and marine fishing industry.

4.1.1 Investment opportunities in the inland fisheries

Despite the fisheries in Tanzania being dominated by inland fisheries with a
contribution of about 85% to the national fish production, investment
development is still poor/under-developed. The investment opportunities in
the inland fisheries are numerous, and they include fishing craft and gear
manufacturing, fish processing, fish supporting services, and fishing
activities.

4.1.1.1 Fishing craft

Tanzania’s fishery is dominated by wooden fishing boats, which are made
from hard wood. Investment could potentially focus on the manufacture of
fibre glass boats or any other alternative cheap material. The market for
artisanal fishing boats exists; this is due to the fact that inland fishery is
dominated by artisanal fishers who use dug-out canoes, dhows and small
boats ranging between 7 and 11 metres long mainly motorized by outboard
engines. Only few fishers have inboard engines.

4.1.1.2 Fishing gear manufacturing

There is a big domestic demand for fishing nets and other fishing gears like
lines, hooks, mending twines and ropes of different sizes. The main type of
gear used is gill nets with the mesh size determined according to the size of
the target fish species.

4.1.1.3 Fish processing facilities

The available opportunities in the fish processing industry include the
following:

(i) Fish value-added products

Exportation of fish and other fishery products in Tanzania is mainly done in
a fresh/chilled or frozen state. Some sun dried and smoked fish are also

29
 exported to neighbouring countries. Hence, there is an opportunity for
investment in value-added fish products such as fish balls, salt-spiced
marinated fish, fish sausages, fish fingers and ready to eat fish.

(ii) Fish canning industry, frozen and hot smoking

At present, sun drying is the main technology used for processing of the
Silver cyprinid, locally known as Dagaa. There is a possibility of improving
the methods of processing for this species for other consumers/markets,
which do not prefer the sun-dried fish. Fish canning, cold and hot smoking
increases the shelf-life of fish and their associated products for transport
over long distances within the country and for export.

4.1.1.4 Fishing support services

Currently, there are only a few investors providing services in the fishing
industry. The services required include; supply of boats and engine spares,
safety equipment and containers for fish handling. Such services are
encouraged to promote sustainable fishing along freshwater bodies.

4.1.1.5 Fishing activities

Investment opportunities also exist in the exploitation of freshwater pelagic
stocks. The marketable inland fish include Nile perch (Lates niloticus) and
Silver cyprinid from Lake Victoria (Rastrineobola argentea) and Sardines
(Stolothrissa tanganicae and Limnothrissa miodon) from Lake Tanganyika.

4.1.1.6 Aquarium fish business

Lake Tanganyika and Lake Nyasa are very important in aquarium fish
business. At the present only few investors are engaged in the aquarium
fish business. The government is encouraging this business due to available
international markets for tropical aquarium fish.

4.1.2 Investment opportunities in marine fisheries

The government of Tanzania and its stakeholders are in the process of
reviving TAFICO and constructing a fishing harbour. The investments are at
different development stages.

4.1.2.1 Tanzania Fisheries Corporation – TAFICO (2018)

In 1974, the government established a parastatal organization, a
government-owned fisheries facility known as Tanzania Fisheries
Corporation (TAFICO) with a view to developing a fishing industry entity,
which was mandated to buy, sell, prepare for markets, import and export
fish, fishery products and products of aquatic flora. The corporation
operated for 24 years, from 1974 to 1998, before it was specified for
privatization in 1996. The privatization move was intended to enhance the
efficiency and effectiveness of selected parastatal organizations in the
country, including TAFICO. In 2005, the Parastatal Sector Reform
Commission (PSRC)de-specified TAFICO. It was returned to the Ministry of

30
Natural Resources and Tourism (MNRT) to finalize its privatization process.
The MNRT, acting within its mandate, opted to sell TAFICO, but the Cabinet
did not approve the decision to sell it. Instead, it instructed that TAFICO
remain a government entity for promoting fisheries activities. Later, the
Cabinet instructed the Ministry of Livestock Development and Fisheries to
revive TAFICO.

The revival process is ongoing and TAFICO has been reinstated under the
name, “Tanzania Fisheries Corporation - TAFICO (2018)”, which is a public
Corporation fully owned by the government through the Ministry of Livestock
and Fisheries. Among other things, the Corporation is mandated to promote
the fisheries sector by implementing large-scale commercial fisheries
projects in the territorial waters, the EEZ and the high seas. It will also
implement projects in aquaculture and fish processing. From its projects, the
Corporation will provide fish and fishery products to domestic and
international markets.

A business plan, which provides the business roadmap for the next ten
years (2019–2029), is in place. Specifically, the plan mentions ten projects
that the Corporation will implement. Each of the ten projects is independent
and the projects are presented separately in this master plan. They are
purse-seiner, long-liner, territorial waters fishing projects, cage fish farming
projects and pond fish farming projects. Other projects are hatchery, ice
making, cold storage facility services, fish feeds production, and a fish
processing factory. The fish processing factory, fishing in the territorial
waters and pond farming are likely to face slightly higher competition than
the other projects.

4.1.2.2 Fishing port/harbour

Tanzania does not have a marine fishing harbour, which is the interface
between the harvesting of fish and its consumption. In this regard, the
Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries, which is responsible for ensuring
sustainable development of the fisheries resources, plans to build a fully-
fledged fishing harbour along the coast. The harbour is expected to
aggressively promote the fisheries sector in order to attract traffic from
competing ports in coastal and offshore fisheries, and thus make a
significant contribution to the economic growth of the fisheries sector. Kilwa
Masoko in Kilwa District has been earmarked as a suitable area for
constructing a fishing port/harbour. Currently, a consultant is conducting a
pre-feasibility study in the area.

Besides handling fish from the EEZ and high seas, the fishing port/harbour
will facilitate the following services:
(i) unloading of target and non-target fish;
(ii) ship anchorage;
(iii) repairing ships;

31
 (iv) loading water, food, fuel and bait; and
(v) embarking and disembarking of sailors.

4.1.2.3. Exploitation of marine fishery

There are several investment opportunities within the Tanzania Exclusive
Economic Zone (EEZ) and the high seas, with possibilities for the
exploitation of pelagic species like tuna, tuna-like species and others.

4.1.2.4. Other investment opportunities

Other investment opportunities in marine fishery, which are similar to inland
fishery investment include:
(i) fish craft;
(ii) fishing gear manufacturing;
(iii) fish processing facilities;
(iv) aquarium fish from coastal/marine reef;
(v) fishing support services; and
(vi) the deepsea fishing investments aiming at improving fishing
services.

4.1.3 Fisheries infrastructure development

Fisheries infrastructure is very important for proper handling of fish and
fishery products so that quality standards are maintained in the interest of
consumers at domestic and international markets. The availability of
fisheries infrastructure reduces post-harvest losses, which are estimated to
be 5–20% in the case of physical losses and as high as 70% in terms of
quality losses. It also reduces illegal fishing and illegal fish trade, increases
revenue and improves the collection of data. The fisheries infrastructure
available in the country includes landing sites, laboratories, storage facilities,
fish markets, aquaculture development centres and hatcheries. However,
stakeholders who attended validation workshops opined that more
infrastructure is needed to make the fisheries sector vibrant.

4.1.3.1. Fish landing sites

Fish landing sites are the most important form of infrastructure when it
comes to unloading of catches from fishing vessels. The country has a total
of 1,375 fish landing sites – 293 along the coastal beaches and 1,082 on the
shores of inland waters. Out of these landing sites, 33 are improved
(equipped with necessary facilities for fish landing) and 1,342 are non-
improved landing sites (Table 7) (MLF 2018). Fish landing sites are put into
two categories: (i) those which handle fish for domestic consumption and
(ii) the upgraded ones, designated to handle fish for processing factories

32
(export). In collaboration with the World Bank, the Ministry of Livestock and
Fisheries funded a project – Marine and Coastal Environment Management
Project (MACEMP), which upgraded three landing sites in marine waters,
namely Kilindoni – Mafia, Masoko Pwani – Kilwa and Nyamisati – Kibiti, so
that they could meet export standards. Another four landing sites, namely
Ikola – Mpanda, Kirando – Nkasi, Kibirizi – Kigoma Ujiji and Muyobozi –
Uvinza, along Lake Tanganyika, were improved so they could meet the
European Union (EU) standards. Support from the African Development
Bank (AfDB) was used to upgrade them.

Although efforts were made by the Central Government to construct and

improve landing sites, the management of all the landing sites was left to the
LGAs. Management of the landing sites by the LGAs seems to be very poor
as some of the landing sites are being mismanaged and left unattended.
Therefore, there is a need to make close supervision to ensure proper
management and regular maintenance and rehabilitation of the landing sites
to maintain the standards and to achieve the objectives of the sector.

Table 7: Improved and non-improved landing sites in different water

bodies.

Landing Sites
Water Body
Improved Non-Improved Total
Lake Victoria 26 616 642
Lake Tanganyika 4 235 239
Marine waters 3 290 293
Lake Nyasa 0 114 114
Lake Rukwa 0 20 20
Mtera Dam 0 28 28
Nyumba ya Mungu Dam 0 21 21
Small Water Bodies 0 18 18
Total 33 1,342 1375
Source: Fisheries Development Division, 2019

4.1.3.2. Fisheries laboratories

A quality assurance laboratory is an important facility for providing
assurance and confidence to consumers on the safety of products. The
National Fish Quality Control Laboratory (NFQCLAB) is an accredited
laboratory, based in Nyegezi, Mwanza. The laboratory has made the
Fisheries Division a competent authority in all matters pertaining to fish and
fishery products. The laboratory has two wings: a microbiology wing and a
chemical testing wing. The main services it offers are laboratory services,
inspection, training, consultancy, research and other basic services.
Laboratory services involve microbial and chemical tests, while inspection

33
 deals with routine, ad hoc and audit inspections. Most of the fish and fishery
products exported are tested in this laboratory.

There is another laboratory, similar to the National Fish Quality Control

Laboratory, located in Dar es Salaam. It serves the factories located in the
coastal regions within the same parameters. This laboratory is also
specifically used for Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs). Plans are underway to
enable the laboratory to test the quality of other food items such as meat,
milk and animal feeds. It is highly recommended by stakeholders to
construct such laboratories in different zones to minimize the costs incurred
by fishers in the process of accessing the services.

The laboratories are intended to achieve and maintain accreditation in

compliance with ISO/IEC 17025:2005 standards, fulfil the requirements of
accreditation bodies and provide quality services to achieve customers’
satisfaction.

4.1.3.3. Storage facilities

Fish and fishery products from Tanzania are sold on domestic, regional
and/or international markets. The exports are made by both small- and
large-scale fish exporters. In both cases, the products should be preserved
in high quality standards so that they fetch good prices. The main
preservation methods can either be cold storage or dry storage (smoked,
salted and sun dried). There are 90 storage facilities countrywide. There are
39 structures for dried fish products, 27 cold storage facilities and 24
facilities for keeping live fish.

There are limited cold chain facilities in the country; the facilities are owned
by the government and private companies/firms. Most of cold chain facilities,
including ice producing plants and cold rooms, are owned by fish processing
plants. Each plant has both ice plants and several cold rooms, depending on
its production capacity. Most of the privately-owned cold chain facilities are
used by the owners and, therefore, deny the public access to them or the
services are provided at high charges. Some of the LGAs own the cold
facilities attached to the landing sites of Kirando (Nkasi), Kilindoni (Mafia),
Kilwa Masoko (Kilwa), Nyamisati (Kibiti) and the Kasanga fish market
(Kalambo). Some of these facilities are not operating at full capacity for
certain reasons, including the need for minor repairs. Others are inundated
with water.

4.1.3.4. Fish markets

There are two (2) modern and international fish markets in the country,
namely the Ferry/Magogoni fish market in Dar es Salaam (Figure 10) and
the Kirumba fish market in Mwanza. There are three markets which are
being upgraded, namely the Kasenda fish market in Chato, the Nyakaliro
fish market in Sengerema and the Kasanga fish market in Kalambo.

34
Figure 10: Ferry/Magogoni International Fish Market in Dar es Salaam

4.1.4. Fish processing factories

There are 17 fish factories in the country. Most of them are located along
Lake Victoria (11), in the coastal area (5) and along Lake Tanganyika (1).
The factories were set up under the Tanzania Industrial Fishing and
Processors’ Association (TIFPA). The establishment of the industrial fish
processing factories along the Lake Victoria shores had been escalated by
the export of the Nile perch to the European Union (EU), the Middle East,
the United States and Australia. The factories increased foreign exchange
earnings for the lake’s riparian states of Tanzania, Uganda and Kenya.

35
 CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 5
5.0 INSTITUTIONAL AND LEGAL FRAMEWORKS
5.1 Institutional Framework

5.1.1 The national context

The fisheries sector in Tanzania has undergone several transformations
during different eras, especially from the pre-independence period through
the post-independence period. Fishing along the coast of Tanzania had
been a mainly subsistence activity for supplementing agricultural production
for centuries. People, especially the communities residing adjacent to water
bodies, had been using traditional fishing methods to catch fish.

During the pre-independence period life in the fishing communities was

drastically disrupted, after Germany decided in 1885 to impose colonial rule
on Tanganyika (present-day mainland Tanzania). The imposition of colonial
rule, taxation and plantation labour and the establishment of Christian
mission stations did not have any positive effects on the fisheries sector.
During the British colonial era, there was little interest in fisheries owing to
the absence of suitable technology for exporting fish products to Europe.
The fishing communities were less affected by British colonialism than the
communities residing in areas where plantations and large settler farms had
been established. The British established a small fisheries department and
set up the East African Marine Fisheries Research Organization (EAMFRO)
in Zanzibar. However, they were less concerned with the development of
the already existing fisheries and only dealt with marine fisheries.

After independence, the government structure of the civil service closely

followed that of the colonial government, and the fisheries department was
built through the provision of extension services and improvement in the
statistical record collections from the regional, district and village levels.
Very few officials, especially those at the headquarters, came from the
coastal or inland fishing communities or had any experience in the
traditional coastal and inland fisheries. Some of them had been trained in
industrial-type modern fisheries.

Following the Arusha Declaration of 1967, and the establishment of Ujamaa

villages in the country, some successes and failures were noted. For
example, in some villages, fisheries activities based on self-reliance and
cooperation progressed well, but there were also failures, in that donated
motorized boats, gear and fish-processing equipment quickly fell into
disrepair. The management of fisheries continued to be centralized.
However, the management of fisheries using the Central Government
System was not effective at all. Illegal fishing methods became common,
and fish and fishery products declined tremendously. The potential for
service improvement (and more democratic governance) lies in the

36
decentralization of powers and resources to the ward, village and service
outlet levels (URT, 1996). The changes also made the Fisheries Division
move from one Ministry to another.

Administratively, the marine fisheries (in territorial waters within 12 Nm) are
administered separately by mainland Tanzania and Zanzibar. The Ministry
of Livestock and Fisheries has overall responsibility for managing fisheries
in mainland Tanzania, which has its own National Fisheries Policy of 2015
and Fisheries Act No. 22 of 2003. In Zanzibar, the Ministry of Blue Economy
and Fisheries is administering fisheries. Zanzibar has its own Fisheries
Policy of 2000 and associated Act No. 7 of 2010. The Deep-Sea Fishing
Authority (DSFA) Act of 1998 and its amendments of 2007 put the Exclusive
Economic Zone (EEZ) fisheries under the authority of the DSFA, which was
established in 2010. A chronology of the stages that the fisheries
department went through from the colonial time to the present is given in
Table 8 below and the organogram of the Fisheries Division is given in
Appendix 4.

Table 8: Chronological changes of the fisheries sector.

Period Ministry Comment/Explanation

Up to 1964 Ministry of Agriculture Inherited from the colonial
Government to simplify
government monitoring
1970–1971 Ministry of Land, Forestry and
Animals
1971–1984 Ministry of Natural Resources
and Tourism
1984–1985 Ministry of Land and Natural
Resources
1985–1995 Ministry of Land, Natural
Resources and Environment
1995–2008 Ministry of Natural Resources
and Tourism
2008–2017 Ministry of Livestock and For the first time, the word
Fisheries Development fisheries appeared in the
name of the Ministry
2017 to date Ministry of Livestock and
Fisheries
Source: Fisheries Division

5.1.2 Fisheries sector institutions

The Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries (MLF) is responsible for preparing,
implementing, monitoring and reviewing national fisheries policies and
regulatory frameworks. The Fisheries Division found in the MLF is
responsible for managing and developing inland and marine fisheries within

37
 the territorial waters of the mainland, through its institutions. The following
are the institutions in the fisheries sector:

5.1.2.1. Tanzania Fisheries Research Institute (TAFIRI)

Tanzania Fisheries Research Institute (TAFIRI) is responsible for carrying
out research on fisheries resources in the freshwater and marine waters,
aquaculture (freshwater and marine), fish processing and quality as well as
socio-economics. The institute also plays a role in disseminating research
findings to the government and stakeholders. Other collaborative institutes
are the Institute of Marine Sciences and the School of Aquatic Sciences and
Fisheries Technology of the University of Dar es Salaam.

TAFIRI has centres located near water bodies in various areas, namely Dar
es Salaam (the Indian Ocean), Mwanza and Sota (Lake Victoria), Kigoma
(Lake Tanganyika) and Kyela (Lake Nyasa). However, more centres and
adequate facilities, funding and staff are needed for the effective and
efficient operation of the institute.

5.1.2.2. Fisheries Education and Training Agency (FETA)

The Fisheries Education and Training Agency (FETA) is a public institution,
which was established in 2011 as an Executive Agency. The Agency came
into being after merging the former Mbegani Fisheries Development Centre
(MFDC) in Bagamoyo and Nyegezi Freshwater Fisheries Institute (NFFI) in
Mwanza in accordance with the fisheries master plan. The two institutions
are under the Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries and are fully accredited by
the National Council for Technical Education (NACTE). As a result of the
merging, FETA might be regarded as a young institution, but, in reality, it
has inherited four decades of experience in providing fisheries education
and training.

There are also three centres, namely Mikindani in Mtwara, Gabimori in

Rorya, Kibirizi in Kigoma and Mwanza South, which are still under
development. Other institutions that offer training in fisheries are the
University of Dar es Salaam (UDSM), Sokoine University of Agriculture
(SUA), University of Dodoma (UDOM) and the Vocational Education
Training Authority (VETA). The effectiveness and efficiency of the fisheries
training institutions requires adequate infrastructure, working facilities and
well-trained staff. This can be achieved through institutional capacity
building, awareness creation, training, exposure and exchange
programmes. The challenges facing FETA include inadequate funds and a
shortage of training infrastructure and facilities, and of personnel with
hands-on skills.

5.1.2.3 Marine Parks and Reserves Unit (MPRU)

The MPRU is responsible for establishing and managing marine protected
areas (MPAs) in mainland Tanzania. MPAs are divided into two categories,
namely Marine Parks (multiple use areas) and Marine Reserves (no-take

38
 areas, extractive use is strictly prohibited). At present, there are three
marine parks, namely Mafia Island Marine Park, Mnazi Bay–Ruvuma
Estuary Marine Park and Tanga Coelacanth Marine Park. There are 15
marine reserves, including Mbudya, Bongoyo, Sinda, Pangavini, Fungu
Yasini, Mwakatumbe and Kendwa (Dar es Salaam); Maziwe, Kwale, Kirui,
Mwewe and Ulenge (Tanga); and Mbarakuni, Nyororo and Shungimbili
(Mafia). Efforts are still needed to put at least 30% of critical habitats under
protection by 2030 to meet the international obligations, which Tanzania has
ratified, including the SDGs.

5.2 Legal Framework

5.2.1 The national context

Management of fisheries in mainland Tanzanian waters is under the
administrative jurisdiction of mainland Tanzania. Therefore, the laws and
regulations related to the management of fisheries in mainland Tanzania are
provided under the National Fisheries Policy of 2015, and Fisheries Act No.
22 of 2003 and its principal regulations of 2009. The key policies and legal
provisions that guide the fisheries sector in 12 nautical miles of territorial
waters of the marine area and all inland water bodies are under the
Fisheries Policy and other related policies. A summary of the fisheries and
related policies, laws and their relevance to the fisheries sector is given in
Table 9.

Table 9: Fisheries resource management policies and laws.

Policy/Law Function in Fisheries Relevance to the Fisheries

Development and Sector
Management
National Development of a robust, Focuses on:
Fisheries competitive and efficient (i) resource management and
Policy (2015) fisheries sector that control;
contributes to food security (ii) knowledge of the fisheries
and nutrition, growth of the resource base;
national economy and (iii) efficient resources utilization;
improvement of the well- (iv) processing and marketing;
being of fisheries (v) application of strategic
stakeholders, while research;
conserving the environment. (vi) extension services; training
and information services;
(vii) aquaculture development; and
(viii) cross-sectoral
collaboration, regional and
international cooperation.

39
 Fisheries Act The law restricts destructive Prohibits illegal use of fishing
No. 22 (2003) fishing practices and gear like:
advocates for the protection (i) under-sized mesh gillnets,
of fish breeding, nesting and beach seine, spear guns
nursery grounds. and blast fishing.
The law and its Regulations Regulates the licencing of:
are being reviewed so that (ii) local and foreign fishers;
they meet micro- and (iii) fishing vessels;
macro-economic changes (iv) fisheries scientific research;
and other challenges facing (v) landings, trade and
the sector. imports; and
(vi) exports of fish and fishery
products.
Tanzania Authorizes TAFIRI to carry Aims to offer scientific
Fisheries out fisheries scientific information and research findings
Research research in all water bodies. to inform and guide management
Institute of fisheries resources, and the
(TAFIRI) Act livelihoods of fishing
No. 11 (2016) communities.
The research includes
aquaculture research for the
development of quality seeds
and feeds for enhanced fish
production.
Marine Parks The law is aimed at It highlights directives for
and Reserves integrating the conservation, protection, productivity and
(MPRU) Act No. management and biological diversity of aquatic
29 (1994) sustainable use of the ecosystems by:
fisheries resources. (i) preventing habitat
destruction;
(ii) protecting fragile
ecosystems; and
(iii) addressing pollution and
overexploitation.
National Promotes environmental The policy outlines the following
Environmental sustainability, security and key environmental concerns:
Policy (1997) equitable use of resources (i) land degradation,
for sustaining the livelihoods deforestation and
of the present and future environmental pollution;
generations. (ii) loss of wildlife habitat and
biodiversity, deterioration of
aquatic ecosystems;
(iii) lack of accessible good
quality water; and
(iv) need for continuous research
in these and other relevant

40
 sectors for more focused
management interventions.
Environmental The law contains key Part V 65 (1) of the law states
Management provisions for environmental that “all fisheries resources shall
Act (EMA) No. management and planning, be managed in accordance with
20 (2004) for doing environmental the provisions of Fisheries Act
impact assessments and No. 22 of 2003 and the Marine
strategic environmental Parks and Reserves Act of 1994.
assessments, for pollution In case of conflicts in the course
prevention and control, for of application of these laws, EMA
waste management, and for section 65 (4) shall prevail.
compliance with relevant
laws and their enforcement.
The National It addresses issues related It addresses key issues, including
Water Policy to the management of water accessibility to clean water for
(2002) resources, and rural and both urban and rural inhabitants,
urban water supply and and the management of aquatic
sewerage. systems and biodiversity.
National Describes principles and It defines strategies and
Integrated attributes of the ICM, the implementing mechanisms,
Coastal rationale for a national ICM particularly with respect to
Environment strategy, and statement of planning and integrated
Management the vision, mission, goal and management, conservation,
Strategy (2003) strategies. research and monitoring,
stakeholder participation and
capacity building.
National Plan of This plan is linked with Enable the country to achieve
Action for Small sectoral policies and responsible SSF and sustainable
Scale Fisheries regulatory framework to development of the sector,
(NPoA-SSF) attain food security, poverty enabling fishers to secure more
Guidelines reduction, increase local and significant socio-economic
(2021) foreign exchange, and benefits as a result of well
contribution of fisheries to managed fisheries resources.
GDP.
Voluntary The Voluntary Guidelines Implementation of the guidelines
Guidelines on provide guidance to improve helps the country to eradicate
the the governance of tenure of hunger and poverty; enable the
Responsible land, fisheries and forests sustainable use of the
Governance of with the overarching goal of environment and management of
Tenure of achieving food security for natural resources.
Land, Fisheries all and support the The guidelines also help to
and Forests in progressive realization of avoid conflicts among resource
the Context of the right to adequate food in users including fishers, and
National Food the context of national food environmental degradation.
Security security.
(VGGT)

41
 5.2.2 The regional context

5.2.2.1. African Union (AU)

The African Union (AU) is a continental union consisting of 55 member
states located on the continent of Africa. The Union was founded on 26th
May 2001 in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, and was launched on 9th July 2002. In
fisheries, the AU established the “Policy Framework and Reform Strategy
for Fisheries and Aquaculture in Africa” that created a conducive and
enabling environment for the fisheries sector to create equitable, social and
economic development in Africa. The document also provides guidelines on
how countries should better exploit the wealth of fisheries, reduce poverty,
increase food and nutritional security and ensure equitable distribution of the
benefits, particularly for the poorest, marginalized and most vulnerable in
society, such as women.

5.2.2.2. East African Community

The East African Community (EAC) is a regional inter-governmental
organization of six Partner States (Burundi, Kenya, Rwanda, South Sudan,
Tanzania and Uganda). The Community has a number of semi-autonomous
institutions that help it to implement its mandate, including (i) Lake Victoria
Fisheries Organization (LVFO) - its main functions and mandates are to
coordinate the management and development of fisheries and aquaculture
resources in the EAC region; and (ii) the Lake Tanganyika Authority (LTA).
This coordinates the implementation of sustainable management of
fisheries, supervising activities pertaining to the protection of Lake
Tanganyika natural resources, supporting and improving the livelihoods of
the communities living along the lake shores and its basin for the four
sharing countries, namely Tanzania, Burundi, DRC and Zambia.

5.2.2.3. Southern African Development Community

The Southern African Development Community (SADC) is an inter-
governmental organization with a goal of bringing about socio-economic
cooperation and integration as well as political and security cooperation
among its 16 southern African member states. One of its instruments is the
SADC Protocols. The SADC Protocol on Fisheries, 2011, provides codes of
procedure and practice on various issues, as agreed by the Member States,
so as to improve food security and reduce poverty through intra-regional fish
trade in the SADC region.

5.2.2.4. Indian Ocean Tuna Commission

The Indian Ocean Tuna Commission (IOTC) is an intergovernmental
organization responsible for managing tuna and tuna-like species in the
Indian Ocean. It works to achieve this by promoting cooperation among its
Contracting Parties (members) and incorporating Non-Contracting Parties in
order to ensure conservation and appropriate utilization of fish stocks and
encourage sustainable development of tuna and tuna-like species fisheries.

42
 5.2.3 The international context
Tanzania is a signatory to several international conventions and
programmes relevant to the management and development of the fisheries
sector. The implementation of the FSMP should take cognizance of these
conventions, agreements, protocols and programmes as shown in Table 10.

Table 10: International conventions relevant to the fisheries sector in

Tanzania.

International Convention Relevance to Linkage with the

and Programme Fisheries Sector Fisheries Sector
Management and
Development
The United Nations It is concerned with Aimed at overseeing all
Convention on the Law of the territorial sea, the matters pertaining to deep
the Sea (UNCLOS) was continental shelf, the sea fishing in the country.
adopted and signed in high seas, fishing and
1982. conservation of living This is the basis for
resources. establishing the DSFA for
the management of tuna
and tuna-like species in the
country.
The Ramsar Convention It embodies the Promotes wise
on Wetlands (1971) commitment of its use/sustainable use of all
member countries to of the wetlands in the
maintain the territories of the ratifying
ecological character countries.
of their wetlands of
international
importance.
The Convention on It ensures that It accords varying degrees
International Trade in international trade in of protection to the species
Endangered Species of the specimen of wild of animals and plants,
Wild Fauna and Flora animals and plants including fish.
(CITES) does not threaten the
survival of the species
in the wild.
Convention for the It ensures sound It provides a framework for
Protection, Management environmental the protection and
and Development of the management of the development of marine and
Marine and Coastal marine and coastal coastal resources.
Environment of the Eastern areas of the Eastern The protocols developed
African Region (the Nairobi African region. under the convention focus
Convention) and Related on the conservation of flora
Protocols (1985) and fauna, and on

43
 combating pollution.

The fisheries sector

undertakings support the
government’s commitment
to achieve the objectives of
the convention.
Convention on Biological It is a framework Achievement of the
Diversity (1992) agreement for the fisheries sector objectives,
conservation and including improving the
sustainable use of management of aquatic
biological resources. It resources (coastal and
includes general marine).
provisions in support
of the conservation of Through this convention,
aquatic resources. Tanzania developed a
National Biodiversity
Strategy and Action Plan
(2000).
Convention on the It addresses species Tanzanians are benefiting
Conservation of Migratory that migrate across from migratory marine
Species of Wild Animals one or more national species with respect to
(1979) jurisdictional consumption and tourism.
boundaries. States
have to take
appropriate,
necessary steps to
conserve such
species and their
habitats.
Convention on UN Fish It is aimed at It spells out the duties of
Stocks Agreement (2001) conserving and the flag states, including
managing straddling Tanzania, especially those
fish stocks and highly related to the registration
migratory fish stocks. and records of vessels,
authorizations, MCS and
compliance and
enforcement.
The Convention on Climate It sets an overall It recognizes that the
Change (1992) framework for inter- climate system can be
governmental efforts affected by industrial
to tackle the challenge emissions of carbon
posed by climate dioxide and other
change. greenhouse gases from
various sources.

44
Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) and Associated Fisheries and
Aquaculture Instruments
FAO Code of Conduct It sets out principles and As one of the states
for Responsible international standards of involved in fisheries,
Fisheries (1995) behaviour for responsible Tanzania uses the code
practices with a view to and gives effect to it.
ensuring effective
conservation,
management and
development of living
aquatic resources.
FAO Agreement on Port It is the first binding It prevents the vessels
State Measures (2009) international agreement engaged in IUU fishing
targeting illegal, from using ports of
unreported and countries to land their
unregulated (IUU) catches.
fishing.
FAO Compliance It is intended to enhance It promotes compliance
Agreement (1993) the role of the flag states with international
and to ensure that a conservation and
state strengthens its management measures by
control over its vessels to fishing vessels in the high
ensure compliance with seas.
international
conservation and
management measures.
Food and Agriculture It is intended to achieve These are efforts to defeat
Organization (FAO) and food security for all and hunger countrywide. This
Associated Fisheries to make sure that people would be achieved by
and Aquaculture have regular access to promoting the Human
Instruments, i.e., SSF enough high-quality food Rights-Based Approach
Guidelines, VGGT so that they can lead (HRBA); through
Guidelines active and healthy lives. empowering both men and
women to participate in
decision making processes
and assume responsibilities
for sustainable use of
fishery resources.

45
 CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 6
6.0 REVIEW OF THE PREVIOUS FISHERIES MASTER PLAN
(2002–2015)
6.1 The Review Process
The previous master plan identified important areas for the development of
the sector and provided a roadmap for sustainable development of the
fisheries sector that would generate both ecological and socio-economic
benefits for the people of Tanzania, and address some key challenges. The
previous master plan was phased out in 2015, thus creating room for its
review and for the development of a new FSMP. The previous master plan
was reviewed to, among others:
(i) assess the progress towards implementation of the priority
programmes identified in the master plan;
(ii) identify the challenges encountered during the implementation of the
master plan; and
(iii) document the experience gained and the lessons learnt from the
implementation of the master plan.
The information obtained from the review in question was useful for
developing a comprehensive FSMP, which is essentially a roadmap that
provides direction for sustainable development of the fisheries sector in the
next 15 years, i.e. 2021/22–2036/37.

6.2 Implementation Status of the Programmes

During the review process, it was learnt that some of the fisheries sector
staff and key stakeholders at different capacities, mainly from the Local
Government Authorities and villages, had participated in the implementation
of the previous master plan. A total of 15 programmes were identified and
prioritised for implementation. However, the identified priority programmes,
besides mentioning the location and type of the programme, lacked explicit
information on their magnitude and timeframe. Thus, the findings of this
review process were based on the respondents’ knowledge and ideas.

As far as the implementation of the programmes is concerned, the majority

of respondents revealed that seven programmes, out of the 15 programmes,
had been implemented. This is equivalent to 46.6% of the priority
programmes; the percentage given suggests that all the programmes had
equal status. The programmes which had been implemented include (i) Dar
es Salaam – fisheries infrastructure improvement programme, (ii) Kigoma –
Lake Tanganyika major landing beach improvement programme; (iii)
national level – fisheries co-management programme, (iv) national level –
fish export promotion programme, (v) Musoma, Mwanza and Bukoba –
major landing beach improvement programme, (vi) Nyegezi and Mbegani –
training institute improvement programme, and (vii) Southern part of Coast
Region – fisheries communities development programme.

46
The interviewees pointed out that, out of the remaining eight programmes,
seven (equivalent to 46.6%) had been partially implemented and one
programme (equivalent to 6.6%) had not been implemented at all. The main
reason for some of the programmes not being implemented was shortage of
funds. The implementation status and the source of funding for each
programme are given in Table 11.

6.3 Master Plan Funding Sources

Through the Ministry, the government was responsible for funding the
implementation of the previous master plan. Apart from allocating funds
through the Ministry’s annual development budgets, the government
solicited funds from different sources to supplement its efforts to implement
the master plan. Apart from supporting the development of the previous
master plan, JICA supported the implementation of some of the
programmes. Other sources of funds for implementing the previous master
plan were development agencies, financial institutions and donors, including
the World Bank, which funded the Marine and Coastal Environmental
Management Project (MACEMP), the European Union (EU), African
Development Bank (AfDB) and a World Bank funded Project Lake Victoria
Environmental Management Project (LVEMP). Below is brief information on
MACEMP, a project which contributed significantly to the implementation of
the previous master plan for the programmes implemented along the coastal
area.

A World Bank loan to Tanzania was used to fund Marine and Coastal
Environment Management Project (MACEMP). The project was aimed at
improving the regulatory and institutional framework for managing marine
resources, particularly establishing links between the marine environment
and the fisheries resources. It was also aimed at filling gaps in the fisheries
data on the Tanzanian marine waters and the coastal and offshore
environment, upon which the fisheries depends. The main objective was to
increase the contribution of the resources to economic growth and reduction
of poverty, and to obtain a scientific understanding of the status of the
resources and the major threats to them. Core project activities were
designed to assist the government in implementing the National Integrated
Coastal Environment Management Strategy (2003), the National Fisheries
Master Plan (2002–2015) and the Fisheries Act. It should be noted that
MACEMP covered marine fisheries only.

47
 Table 11: Implementation status of priority programmes in the previous master plan.

No. Programme Implementation Status - (implemented, Source of Funding/Reason for

partially implemented or not such Implementation
implemented)
1. Programme 1: (Dar es Salaam, Partially implemented – Only a few capacity Government and MACEMP
Bagamoyo and Mafia Island) – Marine development programmes were
Fisheries Sub-Sector Capacity Building implemented, most of them concentrated in
Programme Dar es Salaam and Bagamoyo.

2. Programme 2: (Dar es Salaam) – Implemented – JICA

Fisheries Infrastructure Improvement The Ferry/Magogoni Fish Market was
Programme improved/re-constructed.
3. Programme 3: (Lake Victoria, Mwanza) Partially implemented – Capacity building LVEMP & IFMP, though the funds
– Lake Victoria Fisheries Sub-Sector programmes were implemented in some were inadequate.
Capacity Building Programme parts of Mwanza.
4. Programme 4: (Mwanza, Musoma, Partially implemented – JICA
Kirumba) – Lake Victoria Fish Marketing Only Kirumba International Fish Market in
Improvement Programme Mwanza was constructed.
5. Programme 5: (Kigoma) -– Lake Implemented - Four landing sites, namely African Development Bank (AfDB)
Tanganyika Major Landing Beach Ikola – Mpanda, Kirando – Nkasi, Kibirizi – and the European Union
Improvement Programme Kigoma Ujiji and Muyobozi – Uvinza, located
along Lake Tanganyika were improved.
6. Programme 6: (Mbeya, Ruvuma and Partially implemented - The workshop for Government
Iringa Regions) – Lake Nyasa Planked planked canoes was rehabilitated, although
Canoes Extension Programme machines and equipment have not been
procured yet.

48
No. Programme Implementation Status - (implemented, Source of Funding/Reason for
partially implemented or not such Implementation
implemented)
7. Programme 7: (Morogoro Region) – Partially implemented – Kingolwira Government; partially implemented
Aquaculture Extension Programme Aquaculture Centre in Morogoro was owing to insufficient funds.
renovated and equipped with some modern
facilities.
8. Programme 8: (Kigoma and Mafia Implemented - Three landing sites, namely MACEMP
Island) – Fisheries Financial Support Kilindoni – Mafia, Masoko Pwani - Kilwa and
Programme Nyamisati – Kibiti, located in the Indian
Ocean were improved.
9. Programme 9: (National Level) – Partially implemented – Implemented in Lake Victoria with
Fisheries Co-Management Programme Involves Lake Victoria and the coastal areas. support from LVEMP. While
implementation along the coastal
areas was supported by MACEMP.

10. Programme 10: (National Level – Implemented This programme was funded by the
National Fish Export Promotion Nyegezi and Dar es Salaam Laboratories European Union in collaboration with
Programme were constructed. the Government of Tanzania.

11. Programme 11: (Musoma, Mwanza and Implemented – 26 landing sites were The European Union – Improved so
Bukoba) – Major Landing Beach built/improved along Lake Victoria. that they could meet EU standards.
Improvement Programme
12. Programme 12: (Southern Part of Coast Implemented – Three landing sites, namely MACEMP
Region) – Fisheries Communities Kilindoni – Mafia, Masoko Pwani – Kilwa and
Development Programme Nyamisati – Kibiti, located in the Indian
Ocean, were improved. These were
improved with support from the World Bank
so that they could meet the relevant export

49
No. Programme Implementation Status - (implemented, Source of Funding/Reason for
partially implemented or not such Implementation
implemented)
standards.

13. Programme 13: (Dar es Salaam) – Partially implemented – A fisheries database MACEMP; Inadequate technology
Information System Improvement developed. and funding.
Programme
14. Programme 14: (Nyegezi and Mbegani) Implemented – The Fisheries Education and MACEMP
– Training Institute Improvement Training Agency (FETA) was established.
Programme The Agency came into being after a merger
between Mbegani Fisheries Development
Centre (MFDC) in Bagamoyo and Nyegezi
Freshwater Fisheries Institute (NFFI),
located in Mwanza. This is in line with the
master plan.

15. Programme 15: (National Level) – Not implemented. It was expected that the master plan
Fisheries Master Plan Implementation would be implemented like other
Training Programme activities in the fisheries sector
(learning by doing).

50
6.4 Challenges Encountered during the Implementation of
the Master Plan
Various challenges were encountered during the implementation of the
previous master plan. Some of the challenges encountered are presented
below.

6.4.1 Weaknesses in the master plan itself

The stakeholders involved in the review process pointed out that, the master
plan had certain weaknesses, including being silent on the magnitude of the
identified priority programmes, the absence of an implementation plan which
would provide guidance on how the master plan should have been
implemented and the time frame for concluding each programme. The
absence of these details made it difficult to know exactly if the programmes
had been fully or partially implemented.

6.4.2 Inadequate funds for implementing the master plan

It was revealed that inadequate funding was one of the major bottlenecks
which, to a great extent, hindered the implementation of the master plan.
The only reliable funding was from external sources, including donor
funding, grants and loans from the World Bank and other International
Financial Institutions. Treasury set aside a small amount of funds in the
fisheries sector annual budgets for implementing development projects,
including the master plan. The small internal budget might be the reason for
slow implementation and for some of the programmes not being
accomplished. It should be noted that the master plan is a future plan
document which uses present and past data to make future projections. So,
it might be outdated once it is not implemented within the proposed
timeframe. It is worth noting that inadequate implementation of the master
plan may have contributed to poor implementation of the policies and other
sectoral arrangements, as the master plan was linked to policy
achievements.

6.4.3 Inadequate coordination among key agencies

There was a weak intra- and inter-sectoral coordination among the key
agencies responsible for implementing the previous master plan. The
absence of a coordinated team to ensure successful implementation of the
master plan, among other factors, significantly hindered its implementation.

6.4.4 Limited capacity

The Fisheries Master Plan Implementation Training Programme was one of
the identified priority areas which was intended to equip staff with the skills
they needed to implement the master plan, considering that it was the first
plan in the fisheries sector. Hence, such training was very important.
Unfortunately, staff training was the only programme which was not
implemented at all. Limited capacity (technical know-how) of the staff on
execution of the master plan might be the reason for the observed slow and

51
 incomplete implementation, though many respondents mentioned
inadequate funding as the major reason.

6.5 Experience Gained and Lessons Learnt

The experience gained and the lessons learnt from the implementation of
the phased-out master plan will guide fisheries staff and other key
stakeholders in identifying the best way to implement the current plan so
that they do not repeat the same mistakes made in the past. The experience
gained and the lessons learnt during the implementation of the previous
master plan are presented below.
6.5.1 Local communities and other stakeholders’ involvement
The involvement of local communities and other stakeholders in the
development and implementation of a master plan is very important, given
the fact that the successful implementation of such a plan and similar
undertakings relies on the goodwill, commitment and collaboration of
communities. Hence the involvement of communities and other key
stakeholders in both processes should have been given high priority to
achieve the set objectives. In addition, there was a need to allocate
sufficient time for building the capacity of key stakeholders so that they
could be confident before implementation and attaining expected results.
Building the capacity of stakeholders leads to a more successful
implementation of the master plan.

Good master plans are flexible and involve the community and other
stakeholders from the outset. This gives such plans a legitimate base and a
better chance to be successful. Master plans are most successful when they
represent a vision that brings together the concerns of different interest
groups. This was not the case with the phased-out fisheries master plan
(2002–2015). There were only a few staff members, especially senior ones,
who were aware of the existence of the master plan and its implementation
process. Therefore, the inauguration of the current FSMP is very important
for creating awareness and a sense of ownership.

During the review process, it was learnt that insufficient involvement of the
Local Government Authorities (LGAs) in the development and
implementation of the priority programmes of the previous master plan
slowed their implementation, to a great extent. Even some of the projects
which were successfully accomplished and which were handed over to the
LGAs are still regarded as Central Government property. For example, the
fish landing sites equipped with ice production facilities constructed at
Kilindoni in Mafia, Masoko Pwani in Kilwa and Nyamisati in Kibiti have been
abandoned as if they were useless. It was also noted that there is little
attention paid to other fisheries projects originating from the Central
Government and operated by the LGAs, even though they generate
revenues for the LGAs. There is limited or no budget provided for their
rehabilitation.

52
6.5.2 Financial sustainability of the fisheries sector
Financial sustainability seemed to be an issue in the implementation of the
previous master plan. The fisheries sector depended, and still does, on one
or a few sources of revenues. This hindered implementation of its activities.
The fisheries sector should explore other potential sources of revenue
(diversifying the revenue base) for successful implementation of the FSMP
and other activities related to the management and development of the
sector. However, it should be noted that developing the financial
sustainability of any institution is a long, slow and delicate process, which
needs extra efforts.

6.5.3 Awareness raising and education programmes

Awareness raising and education programmes were among the key
components of the fisheries sector development. It was realized that
awareness raising was one of the activities important to the sustainability of
the fisheries resources. Awareness creation should be a continuous process
because things keep changing and there is always a new generation, which
needs to be aware of various issues, including how to manage and develop
their resources and the environment from one level to another. This applies
to the FSMP as well.

53
 CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 7
7.0 CAPTURE FISHERIES ISSUES IDENTIFIED BY
STAKEHOLDERS AND A SWOC ANALYSIS

7.1 Issues Identified during Stakeholders’ Workshops

A total of 18 capture fisheries issues were identified during the stakeholders’
workshops held in Mwanza, Mbeya and Tanga. Out of such issues, three
were ecological, seven socio-economic and eight on governance (Table 12).

54
 Table 12: Issues identified during stakeholders’ workshops.

No. Issue
Ecological

Destruction of aquatic ecosystems/critical habitats as a result of illegal fishing, overfishing and poor land
1. use activities, leading to the extinction of some species, low productivity, drying up of small water bodies
and slow growth of some species.

Human activities contributing to the degradation of water bodies/aquatic systems and the environment.
2. The activities include deforestation, agriculture/farming in restricted areas, mining, invasion of water
sources, waste disposal and pollution.

Climate change and variability effects such as drought, floods, water level rising, coral bleaching,
3.
erosion, and water level and temperature fluctuations which affect aquatic resources, including fish.

Socio-economic

Increased fishing owing to high demand and dependence on fish and fishery products, which, in turn,
1.
causes the decline of fish stocks and associated fishery products.
Inadequacy and inconsistency of fisheries data and information owing to shortages of human and
2.
financial resources.
3. High post-harvest loss of fish and fishery products before they reach the market.
Inadequate markets (physical), market information and access to fish and fishery products for artisanal
4.
fishers, fish workers and others along the value chain.
5. Inadequate capital and access to finance and financial services for investors, artisanal fishers and fish
workers.

55
 Irresponsiveness of fishery stakeholders to behavioural change on communicable diseases such as
6.
STDs, HIV-AIDS and cholera.
7. Limited involvement of stakeholders in the management of fisheries resources.

Governance

1. Lack/absence of management plans for some important fish species and fisheries.
Weak fisheries associations or cooperatives to guarantee access to finance and to regulate the price of
2.
fish and fishery products.
Inadequate trans-boundary cooperation, implementation agreements and protection mechanisms for
3.
fishers in shared water bodies.
Inadequate capacity to develop practitioners/experts on new technologies for fisheries, research, training
4.
and co-management institutions.
Limited access among fishers and fish workers to social protection, safety at sea, a decent working
5.
conditions scheme (life and fishing gear/vessels insurance).

6. Weak cooperation in managing fisheries resources among key actors.

Low contribution of EEZ and high seas fisheries resources to the GDP, the fisheries sector and the
7.
national economy.

8. Inadequate capacity and infrastructure in conservation, training and research institutions.

56
 7.2 SWOC Analysis of the Fisheries Sector

The strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and challenges of the fisheries sector identified through the SWOC analysis
are shown in Table 13.

Table 13: SWOC analysis of the fisheries sector.

Strengths Weaknesses
(i) Presence of a diverse fisheries and aquaculture (i) Inadequate personnel in terms of numbers and distribution;
resource base; (ii) Inadequate extension services;
(ii) Presence of clear policies, vision, mission and goals; (iii) An inadequate record keeping and data management
(iii) Presence of appropriate working facilities; system;
(iv) Established organization structure which is (iv) Inadequate remuneration in the formal sector;
functioning; (v) Inadequate technology on fishery and aquaculture
(v) Political will, stability and peace; production and value addition;
(vi) Good governance (accountability and governance); (vi) Inadequate infrastructure such as fish landing sites, ice
(vii) Availability of fish feed ingredients; making, hatchery, feed mill, fishing vessels and cold stores;
(viii) Availability of brood-stock in the wild aquatic (vii) Inadequate supply of quality seeds and feeds; and
environment for aquaculture seed production; and (viii) Limited awareness on safety at sea.
(ix) Presence of skilled labour.
Opportunities Challenges
(i) Availability of fisheries resources and aquaculture (i) Illegal fishing, trade and unsustainable utilization of fisheries
essential ingredients; resources and products;
(ii) Ratification of international treaties, protocols, (ii) Decline of some species of commercial importance;
conventions and MOUs; (iii) Resource-user conflicts;
(iii) Readiness of development partners to support the (iv) Inadequate and ineffective community participation in the
fisheries sector; management of fisheries resources;
(iv) Availability of markets for fish and fishery products; (v) Pollution of the natural resources base;
(v) Availability of people who can invest in fisheries and (vi) Presence of invasive species in some water bodies;

57
 aquaculture; (vii) Prevalence of diseases such as HIV/AIDS and COVID-19;
(vi) Presence of ongoing research focusing on fisheries (viii) Inadequate funding for investing in aquaculture;
and aquaculture; (ix) Poor infrastructure in some parts of the country, especially
(vii) Presence of a clear national investment policy; and roads and water;
(viii) Readiness of the private sector to invest in the sector. (x) High production costs;
(ix) Provision of investment guidelines in the fisheries (xi). Great post-harvest loss; and
sector. (xii). Communities’ great dependence on capture fisheries for
their livelihoods.

58
CHAPTER 8
CHAPTER 8
8.0 THE FISHERIES SECTOR MASTER PLAN OF THE
MAINLAND TANZANIA: CAPTURE FISHERIES
8.1 Vision, Mission, Goal and Objectives
The vision, mission, goal and objectives of this master plan are in line with
the Fisheries Policy (2015) and with other ongoing government, regional
and global initiatives related to the management and development of the
fisheries sector. The Fisheries Policy (2015) aims at having a progressive
fisheries sector which is economically, socially and environmentally
sustainable. The vision statement was developed based on what the
fisheries sector aspires to achieve in the next 15 years. It provides a
concrete way for the sector employees and principal stakeholders to
understand the meaning and purpose of the sector towards achieving the
desired long-term results. While, the mission, goal and objectives are
focused on the purpose of what is to be done by the industry.

Vision: Attaining sustainable fisheries resources management which

supports fisheries sector development, blue economy growth, improved
livelihood, nutrition and food security.

Mission: Ensuring effective protection and sustainable use of fisheries

resources by creating a conducive environment to attract investment, and to
use high technology and applied research for fishery industry development.

Goal: Developing a sustainable, competitive and more efficient fishery

industry that contributes to improved services, high production and national
economy.

Objectives
(i) To build a robust public-private partnership (PPP) in the fisheries
sector.
(ii) To increase job creation, food security and production capacity, and
to build a competitive fisheries sector that contributes to the blue
economy.
(iii) To promote adaptive management so as to have sustainable
fisheries resources in accordance with ecosystem-based fisheries
management, laws and regulations.
(iv) To ensure that research-oriented extension services and other
relevant technical support are provided to the fisheries sector.

59
 8.2 Key Guiding Principles

As far as the FSMP is concerned, guiding principles are a set of core values
or moral standards established to lead the fisheries sector and its principal
stakeholders in any situation they are in during the implementation of this
plan. They are important in the decision-making process, since no decision
on the implementation of this master plan should contradict any of these
principles. In implementing this master plan to achieve management and
development outcomes, the fisheries sector and its key stakeholders will be
guided by the following principles:

(i) Consistency in decision-making: The FSMP gives decision makers a

point of reference for making decisions.

(ii) Wise use of resources: The FSMP includes information from

different sources. Such information can be used in prioritizing
projects. It can also be used to allocate the meagre resources
available in the effort to achieve the expected outcomes.

(iii) Positive economic development: The involvement of a local

community and other stakeholders in planning helps predict the
future development of an area. It also encourages them to
undertake new development initiatives because they know what is
expected. In addition, the planning process allows a community to
raise the sector’s issues, propose interventions and the
infrastructure needed, among other things. Through this approach,
appropriate economic development strategies can be developed.

(iv) Results-oriented performance: Performance of this master plan

will be appraised and rewarded on the basis of the outputs and
outcomes achieved, and not on the basis of the inputs and activities
implemented (activity-oriented).

(v) Client-focus: The goals and operations of the sector will focus on
meeting the needs of the beneficiaries of the sector’s services or
clients. Thus, the fisheries sector employees will avoid self-interest
and unnecessary bureaucracy.

(vi) Strategic orientation: Strategic planning, budgeting and

management techniques will be standard practice in the
implementation of this master plan.

(vii) Innovativeness: The fisheries sector and its stakeholders will

continuously search for quality-enhancing and cost-saving
techniques and technologies in its operations and in the
implementation of this master plan.

60
(viii) Participatory orientation: The fisheries sector will continue to
promote the participation of communities and clients, and
continuously seek to empower the communities so that they make
progress. It has also been realized that top-down control leads to
alienation, results in low compliance of laws and increases conflicts
among resource users.

(ix) Monitoring and evaluation: The fisheries sector will institute

systems and mechanisms to continually monitor and evaluate its
performance, and make adjustments, where necessary.

8.3 Structure of the FSMP – Capture Fisheries

The FSMP design has taken into account the identified key issues and
threats by stakeholders as guided by the EAF. The FSMP aligns with the
Fisheries Policy (2015), Five-Year National Development Plan (2021/22–
2025/26), Africa Blue Economy Strategy, NPoA-SSF Guidelines and VGTT
Guidelines. Most of the issues identified in the new fisheries policy, FYDP
and various strategies related to fisheries sector have been addressed
through this master plan. Furthermore, this master plan also developed
various operational objectives and intervention strategies for implementing
NPoA-SSF Guidelines including; (i) enhancement of social services for
sustainable development of fisheries, (ii) enhancement of social protection,
safety at sea, and decent working conditions scheme for fishers, fish
workers and other resource users, (iii) support development and
implementation of approved strategies by involving youths, women and
marginalized groups, and reducing post-harvest loss of fisheries products
along the value chain.

The FSMP for capture fisheries consists of eight (8) thematic areas. The
thematic areas referred to in this master plan, are the topics of concern
which translate the relevant socio-economic and ecological values, high
level objectives, policy statements and legislation into a form that has a
direct and practical relationship with the management and development of
the fisheries sector.

Each of the eight thematic areas contains an introduction, providing an

overview of the topic and how it is covered in the FSMP, and specific sub-
topics. Each sub-topic contains operational objectives, issues, strategic
interventions and proposed actions which are clearly stated in the narrative
section. The rest of items including expected delivery of each objective
(outputs and outcomes), key performance indicators (KPI), baseline,
timeframe, indicative budget and responsible body are shown in the FSMP
Matrix (Table 14). One sub-topic can be addressed by a number of
objectives, interventions and associated outcomes/outputs, regardless of
their placement/category, i.e. ecological, socio-economic, governance or
cross-cutting.

61
 8.4 Thematic Area One: Maintenance of the Environment,
Ecological Systems and Biodiversity
The main focus of this theme is on addressing the impact of anthropogenic
activities on the diversity of fish and associated ecosystems, especially
aquatic ecosystems. It is worth noting that the number of anthropogenic
effects have been increasing, thus affecting the productivity of aquatic
ecosystems, which, in turn, affects the management and development of the
fisheries sector in different water bodies in the country.
At present, most areas along the aquatic environment in the country, even
the most remote ones, are affected by human activities. Most of the loss and
change to the biodiversity and the ecosystems are caused by the growth of
the human population along the aquatic areas, coupled with growing
economic activities. Resource dependence seems to be the underlying
cause of many anthropogenic drivers such as migration from inland to
aquatic areas. There is an influx of people in aquatic environments resulting
in increased fishing pressure. The negative effect of the increased fishing
pressure is exacerbated by use of destructive fishing gears, habitat
destruction, and the capture of high proportions of juvenile fish. These
factors contribute to reduced yields and unsustainability of the fishery.
Under such conditions, deliberate measures to balance conservation and
use of resources are inevitable for long-term resource protection and
attainment of sustainability.

8.4.1 Management of aquatic ecosystems and biodiversity

Various efforts and measures intending to strengthen management of
aquatic ecosystems and associated biodiversity are in place. These include
fisheries and related laws, regulations, guidelines and rules. Some fishery
(prawns, octopus, small and medium pelagic fish, and Nile perch)
management plans have been developed, although they may need
reviewing. The development of management plans for critical habitats and
other important fish species, i.e. coral reef mixed species is underway.

There are also a number of mitigation measures on anthropogenic effects of

aquatic resources, although not all are adequately enforced due to
inadequate human and financial resources. Inadequate awareness about
anthropogenic effects, especially at grassroots level, where most of local
communities are highly dependent on aquatic resources for their livelihood
is another bottleneck. Thus, the management of aquatic ecosystems and
biodiversity is needed to strengthen management interventions.

Operational objective 1: To strengthen the management of aquatic

ecological systems and their processes to reduce the decline in the
quantity of fish and fish species.

62
Issues:
(i) Destruction of aquatic ecosystems/critical habitats (aquatic
environment) due to pollution, contamination, eutrophication, and
introduction of invasive alien species.
(ii) Habitat conversion, loss, degradation and fragmentation in
freshwater and marine environments.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Promoting conservation programmes and sustainable management
of aquatic ecosystems to reduce the loss of critical habitats and
associated biodiversity.
(ii) Promoting biodiversity conservation and the protection of
endangered species
(iii) Promoting Ecosystem Approach to Fisheries Management, Co-
management and Spatial Planning among fishers and other
stakeholders. Creating awareness of fishers and other key
stakeholders on the importance of aquatic ecosystems to fisheries
activities.
(iv) Promoting establishment of reserved aquatic ecosystems,
ecosystem restoration programmes, temporary and permanent
closed systems. Protecting and restoring destroyed habitats and
ecosystem processes.
(v) Developing appropriate fisheries management plans (MPs) and
multi-sectoral collaborative mechanisms to facilitate implementation
of MPs.

Proposed actions:
(i) Study the linkages between ecosystems; identify critical habitats.
(ii) Designate different resources user zones.
(iii) Restore degraded habitats.
(iv) Review and strengthen outdated laws, regulations, management
plans, guidelines and their enforcement procedures.
(v) Conduct awareness raising campaigns; identify all important
fisheries and develop their management plans.

Operational Objective 2: To reduce anthropogenic impacts on the

resources located within and adjacent to water bodies so as to
increase their productivity.

Issues:
(i) Illegal fishing of fishery resources in different water bodies.
(ii) Sedimentation and pollution from different environmentally unfriendly
activities undertaken closer to water bodies and up-stream of rivers
discharging their waters in the lakes and ocean. Those activities
include unplanned settlement, shifting cultivation, overgrazing,
deforestation and agricultural expansion.

63
 (iii) Over-exploitation/over-fishing of particular species of aquatic
biodiversity.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Improving the governance of resources in the marine and inland
waters.
(ii) Introducing and strengthening community environment management
programmes.
(iii) Developing mitigation measures to reduce the effects of
anthropogenic activities on water bodies.
(iv) Fostering collaboration with relevant institutions to enforce the laws
and regulations governing aquatic-ecosystem management.
(v) Establishing mechanisms for controlling aquatic pollution and
contamination from domestic, industries, rivers up-stream activities
and establishment of development projects closer to water bodies

Proposed actions:
(i) Strengthen management measures.
(ii) Develop and implement management programmes.
(iii) Formulate, review and strengthen mitigation measures.
(iv) Develop collaboration MoUs/agreements for stakeholders.
(v) Raise awareness about anthropogenic impacts among different
stakeholders.
(vi) Harmonize relevant laws and other management protocols.

8.4.2 Beach/intertidal areas use and waste disposal

The use of beach and intertidal areas is being changed or modified and
sometimes those changes are contributing to degradation of aquatic
ecosystems. In most cases those changes are done without evaluation that
takes into consideration the economics of the proposed development in
relation to the ecological and the social consequences of the area. This
could affect the environment and people using the areas including fishers. It
reduces the fishers access rights to their traditional working areas due to the
presence of new developments.

Similar effects are experienced in waste disposal practices which lead to the
pollution of some aquatic environments. Despite the presence of the beach
use and waste management laws and plans, they could be enforced without
consultation with traditional users of the area. Another weakness on waste
disposal is inadequate treatment of liquid wastes and poor recycling of solid
wastes.

Operational objective 3: To implement environmentally friendly beach

use and waste management programmes around the landing sites.

64
Issues:
(i) Unplanned and environmentally unfriendly beach/intertidal area use
practices i.e., waste disposal and invasion of water sources,
beaches and other aquatic areas.
(ii) Reduced/banned access rights of fishers to traditional fish landing
sites, camps, processing facilities due to new development projects.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Promoting sustainable waste disposal and land/beach use practices
within and adjacent to water bodies.
(ii) Promoting beach use best practices within and adjacent to water
bodies.
(iii) Developing youth and women litter management programmes at
landing sites, fish markets and beaches.
(iv) Developing a multi-stakeholder platform to strengthen partnerships
and cooperation among the stakeholders in the fisheries sector and
used to mainstreaming the application of both the VGGT and the
SSF guidelines.

Proposed actions:
(i) Develop, strengthen and implement land-use/beach plans to avoid
unnecessary conflicts among users.
(ii) Develop solid and liquid waste management plans covering coastal
and inland shores; promote and support ongoing waste recycling
initiatives.
(iii) Develop and enforce relevant laws, regulations and rules prohibiting
the disposal and discharge of waste prior to its treatment.
(iv) Develop a strategy with fishing communities and other resource
users to ensure all solid waste (litter) is disposed of in an
environmentally friendly way.

8.4.3 Availability of adequate data and information on fisheries

Data and information are needed for policy development, sound decision
making and responsible fisheries management. Despite considerable efforts
being made by the government to ensure availability of accurate data, there
is a dearth of fisheries data in some of the water bodies. In some water
bodies fish stocks are estimated using subjective data that relies on fishers’
observations and sometimes expert judgment. There are presently only a
few stock assessment reports for some water bodies that are available, for
example, Lake Victoria and in the territorial waters (prawn fishery) of Indian
Ocean. The stock assessment reports for the rest of Great Lakes (Lake
Tanganyika and Nyasa) and marine waters are non-existent/outdated and
no stock assessment has been conducted in the small water bodies.

65
 Operational objective 4: To maintain the ecological balance to stocks
so that they continue generating Maximum Sustainable Yields
(MSYs).

Issue:
Inadequate data and information for making sound decisions in
management of fisheries resources.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Supporting assessment of the status of fish (fish stocks) in different
water bodies.
(ii) Supporting acquisition of fisheries on a regular basis and using
standard data collection protocols.

Proposed actions:
(i) Conduct stock assessments of fish stocks and species in various
water bodies (both marine and fresh waters).
(ii) Recruit staff with the required skills at different management levels.
(iii) Solicit additional funds for enabling the carrying out of stock
assessments.
(iv) Facilitate Tanzania Fisheries Research Institute (TAFIRI) in terms of
human and financial resources.

8.5 Thematic Area Two: Improved Research, Monitoring and

Reporting System
This is intended to change the current status of all three aspects (research,
monitoring and reporting) to a state considered to be better so as to make
sound management and development decisions relating to the fisheries
sector. This could be supported by data collected from research and/or
monitoring processes, reported and disseminated in an appropriate manner.
Usually improvement of these aspects is done through some actions
intended to bring about a better state.

8.5.1 Fisheries Information and Data Management System

The current Fisheries Information System (FIS) database in mainland
Tanzania has some limitations that impede the availability of all relevant
information needed for decision making, proper management and
development of fisheries sector. This is due to irregular maintenance and
updating of the FIS.

The fisheries are dominated by a large and dispersed small-scale fleet, thus
data are collected through sample-based surveys. The routine data
collection that enables estimation of the monthly catches, categorized by
species groups of the different fishing units, comprises; (i) a frame survey,

66
the sampling frame, based on a full census, and (ii) a catch assessment
survey (CAS) based on stratified sampling. The estimates of annual catches
therefore depend heavily on samples of catches and fishing effort from fish
landing sites.

Data collection for artisanal fisheries are routinely collected by beach

recorders in the areas where beach management units (BMUs) are active.
The data is then compiled by District Fisheries Officers (DFOs) and sent to
the Statistics section at the Fisheries Division Headquarters for
processing/analysis. Such data lacks some important information e.g.,
ecological parameters and is fraught with error as it is processed manually.

Sustainable fisheries management requires sufficient knowledge and

information on the status of resources base. Currently fisheries
management is being constrained by inadequate human resource capacity
to enable the collection of sufficient data and information and adequate
documentation.

Operational objective 1: To strengthen fisheries data collection and

information management systems.

Issues:
(i) Poor management of fisheries information and data management
system.
(ii) Inadequate human capacity in data collection at various landing
sites.
(iii) Poor documentation and un-harmonized fisheries data collection
protocols.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Improving fisheries data collection and information
management/storage systems.
(ii) Developing strategies to gather and collect fisheries data and
information from minor waters (small lakes, wetlands, rivers and
dams) and marine.
(iii) Building the capacity of fisheries data collectors including fisheries
staff and BMU members.
(iv) Developing strategies for the collection of fish marketing, post-
harvest and fisheries social-economic data.

Proposed actions:
(i) Monitor fisheries resources on a regular basis.
(ii) Maintain a fisheries database.
(iii) Recruit staff with skills necessary for managing fisheries.
(iv) Train fisheries data collectors.
(v) Allocate adequate funds for monitoring/data collection.

67
 (vi) Collect data using agreed protocols and make it available to relevant
authorities.
(vii) Share scientific information with different stakeholders.

8.5.2 Research, monitoring, training and extension services

Increased attention is being given to the research as a means of achieving
sustainable fish stocks, while at the same time providing information to
decision makers, investors and to those dependent on the fishery. In
fisheries management, the scientific advices are being provided to make
sound management and development decisions. The Tanzania Fisheries
Research Institute (TAFIRI) is responsible for carrying out research on
fisheries resources in both fresh and marine waters.

Training is very important for sustainable development of the fisheries

sector; this requires well trained staff and the practitioners along the value
chain. This would be attained through training and awareness raising
campaigns. Fisheries and Education Training Agency (FETA) is responsible
for providing competence-based training aimed at imparting fisheries
knowledge and hands-on skills to fisheries staff and stakeholders.

Extension service is needed for sharing of information from research and

training, lessons learnt and experiences gained in implementation of a
particular activity. Further, it aims to enhance knowledge and skills of fishers
and other stakeholders with a view to improving production and productivity
of fisheries resources. Fisheries extension services are constrained by
fewer extension workers, inadequate extension capacity and weak
cooperation between extension service providers and stakeholders.

Operational objective 2: To strengthen fisheries research, monitoring

and extension services for informed decisions.

Issues:
(i) Inadequate reliable data and information limits the understanding on
the status and trends of fisheries resources/biodiversity.
(ii) Inadequate feedback mechanisms to fishers and other resource
users due to shortage of extension service workers at the ministry
and LGAs.
(iii) Inadequate cooperation between extension staff and stakeholders.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Improving fisheries research, monitoring programmes and
information dissemination systems.
(ii) Building capacity of the Tanzania Fisheries Research Institute
(iii) Developing strategies to solicit funds for supporting fisheries
research and monitoring programmes on a regular basis.
(iv) Strengthening and supporting fisheries extension service delivery.

68
(v) Facilitating fisheries information and technology dissemination.

Proposed actions:
(i) Carry out research and monitoring of fisheries resources on a
regular basis.
(ii) Disseminate information to improve production and productivity of
fisheries resources.
(iii) Mobilise funds for research and monitoring activities.
(iv) Develop different extension methods and outreach materials so as
to facilitate extension services.
(v) Disseminate appropriate innovation and technology information.

Operational objective 3: To develop and improve appropriate

technologies for fisheries industries so as to increase production and
productivity.

Issues:
(i) Inadequate skilled and competent personnel in fisheries technology.
(ii) Inadequate appropriate technologies and technical know-how in the
fisheries sector.
(iii) Poor fisheries production and productivity.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Strengthening research collaboration and linkages both within and
outside Tanzania.
(ii) Promoting investment and capacity building in appropriate
technology and innovations.
(iii) Promoting fisheries research agenda, demand driven fisheries
researches and indigenous knowledge.
(iv) Supporting innovation and technologies in fisheries sector.
(v) Promoting technologies to reduce fisheries’ post-harvest losses and
add value.

Proposed actions:
(i) Design relevant technology and innovation systems and processes.
(ii) Identify communication needs and efficiently turn research data into
information.
(iii) Develop employees and stakeholders through training and learning.
(iv) Use good change management processes.

8.6 Thematic Area Three: Empowerment of Fishers and Fish

Workers
The empowerment of fishers and fish workers is intended to address the
socio-economic conditions of small-scale fishers, fish workers and the
communities concerned. Empowerment should be regarded as an incentive

69
 to fishing communities for easing pressure on resources and to continue
participating in the management of resources. Lack of empowerment
increases frustration among resource users, especially fishers. The issues
in focus include accessing finance and financial services, reliable markets,
public infrastructure and other social or public services. The empowerment
process also calls for increased attention and action being placed on issues
related to small scale fishers and fish workers so as to support their visibility
and recognition.

8.6.1 Access to finance and financial services

At present the terms and conditions for fishers to access loans from banks
and other credit facilities are not friendly. Investment in the fisheries sector
by both foreign and local fishers, particularly small-scale fishers is very low.
Most of the small-scale fishers are day-workers employed by vessel owners.
The product is largely for their own consumption with a small amount being
traded at the domestic and regional markets. However, the earning by the
majority is hand to mouth, with no savings at all.

Operational objective 1: To support the creation of an enabling

environment for fishers and fish workers, investors and other actors
along the fisheries value chain to access finance and financial
services.

Issue:
Inadequate capital and access to finance and financial services for local
investors, artisanal fishers and fish workers.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Creating a conducive environment (on the part of government) to
enable fishers to access loans from financial institutions.
(ii) Encouraging more financial institutions and credit facilities to provide
soft loans and other financial services to fishers.
(iii) Imparting hands-on/entrepreneurial skills to fishers/fish workers.

Proposed actions:
(i) Create an environment for working with investment and commercial
banks so that they provide credit for investment in the fisheries
sector.
(ii) Encourage potential donors to provide funding assistance for the
establishment of a credit facility for investment in the fisheries
sector.
(iii) Encourage relevant ministries to establish concessional fees to
attract more investors; and the government to act as a guarantor
and encourage commercial banks to support fishers/fish workers by
giving them credit.

70
(iv) Promote Public-Private Partnerships and improve the business
environment.

8.6.2 Improvement on fish processing and negotiation skills for

fishers and fish workers
The skills needed to properly handle and process fish are inadequate for
many of the small-scale fishers and fish workers. Since, the export of fish
and fishery products is low, and the contribution of fisheries to the GDP and
foreign exchange is also low, there is a need to impart skills to fishers and
fish workers on handling, processing and negotiation to enable them to
access reliable markets for selling their products.

Operational objective 2: To support the fishers and other actors along

the value chain to access reliable markets.

Issues:
(i) Weak fisheries associations or cooperatives to guarantee access to
finance and to regulate the price of fish and fishery products.
(ii) Inadequate negotiation skills for artisanal fishers and fish workers
compared to other actors along the value chain.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Promoting the production of high quality products.
(ii) Increasing the possibility of fishers accessing finance, financial
services and international markets.
(iii) Promoting the formation of fisheries associations or cooperatives.
(iv) Developing strategies to empower small scale fishers, commercial
and industrial fishers.
(v) Promoting the establishment of fish and fishery products market
centres and linkages.

Proposed actions:
(i) Conduct training on fish handling, processing and production of
quality goods for domestic markets and export.
(ii) Encourage the establishment of fisheries cooperatives; provide
modern technology to increase production and quality.
(iii) Enable fishers to access finance and financial services to purchase
modern fishing vessels, gear and handling facilities.
(iv) Establish cold facilities at the airports located near water bodies and
international airports; establish new foreign markets.
(v) Identify local and foreign fish markets; and establish a
communication network for fish markets.

8.6.3 Enhancement of alternative livelihoods

The Fisheries Division has been supporting alternative income generating
activities (AIGAs) as a way of empowering local community members and

71
 easing or reducing the pressure on fisheries resources without creating
hardships to the communities that have become dependent on them. Some
of AIGAs have failed, and most of those implemented under the established
projects cease once they are phased out. To address this challenge, it is
highly recommended that all AIGAs must be evaluated thoroughly before
they are applied, and this process should involve local communities from the
beginning, instead of introducing or imposing some activities from other
areas which may not be relevant.

Operational objective 3: To reduce high/extreme dependence on

fisheries resources by local communities by introducing alternative
sources of livelihoods.

Issue:
Increased fishing owing to high demand and dependence on fish and fishery
products, due to inadequate diversified livelihood and AIGAs.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Building capacity and empowering local fishers.
(ii) Supporting diversification sources of livelihoods for fishing
communities identified and implemented.
(iii) Promoting AIGAs and improved coastal livelihood opportunities.

Proposed actions:
(i) Introduce alternative activities for earning a living.
(ii) Involve local communities at different levels of fisheries
management; provide entrepreneurship skills to fishers and local
community members,
(iii) Conduct awareness raising campaigns.
(iv) Provide training in the use of underutilized natural resources.

8.7 Thematic Area Four: Institutional Capacity Building and

Infrastructure Development
This is aimed at enhancing the capacity of the employees of the institutions
in the fisheries sector, including key stakeholders (non-governmental
groups) and communities, so that they can plan and manage the fishery and
associated ecosystems efficiently and effectively. It is also aimed at
improving the institutional arrangements and working facilities for managing
the sector. Concepts such as technical know-how, leadership and
awareness are part and parcel of the fisheries institutional capacity building
programme. Based on the current funding situation, the capacity of the
fisheries institutions to meet their objectives may be limited. Thus, there is a
need to ensure that these institutions are well equipped with the required
capacities.

72
8.7.1 Capacity building to staff of fisheries institutions
The capacity of institutions that are implementing various activities to meet
obligations of fisheries sector, including its management and development
may be limited. Their coordination capacity may also be limited. Thus, there
is a need to ensure that many institutions are well equipped with
management and development capacities to meet long term results. It is
worth noting that the capacity building of staff and stakeholders contributes
towards achieving both expected management and development objectives
and goals. Given appropriate knowledge, staff and other key stakeholders
including fishing communities are ready and willing to implement fisheries
sector activities.

Operational objectives 1: To strengthen the fisheries management,

research, training and co-management institutions so that the sector is
developed.

Issues:
(i) Inadequate capacity to develop practitioners/experts on new
technologies for fisheries, research, training and co-management
institutions.
(ii) Inadequate/worn out working facilities and infrastructure.

Strategic interventions:
Strengthening human resource development and capacity to respond to
both extant and emerging fisheries challenges.
(i) Strengthening fisheries and co-management institutional capacity.
(ii) Improved working environment through effective training and service
delivery.

Proposed actions:
(i) Develop the necessary infrastructure.
(ii) Purchase the equipment and facilities needed by the sector and its
institutions.
(iii) Conduct a training needs assessment to identify gaps and develop
training programmes for the fisheries sector.
(iv) Recruit adequate staff.

8.7.2 Improved hands-on skills and purchase of training materials

Various on-the-job and long term training courses are offered to government
staff, key stakeholders and a few private-sector employees. Though, there is
a reasonable number of staff members with enough knowledge and hands-
on skills, working facilities at different fisheries institutions under central and
local government are not adequate. Institutions under the auspices of the
Fisheries Division include; TAFIRI, MPRU, FETA and different departments
at the Fisheries Division Headquarters and LGAs all over the country. Some

73
 of the working facilities need major repairs, and new high technology
equipment in order for these institutions to fulfil their obligations.

Operational objective 2: To ensure Fisheries officers and private staff

have the knowledge and hands-on skills necessary for performing
their duties.

Issues:
(i) Inadequate capacity and hands-on skills of staff in management,
conservation, training and research institutions.
(ii) Inadequate training materials/equipment (outdated technology).

Strategic interventions:
(i) Strengthening of institutions and human resources in fisheries
management and development towards achieving blue economy
goals.
(ii) Strengthen fisheries training institutions and establish special
training programmes for fisheries stakeholders along the value chain
(iii) Managing environment and ecosystem for fishery including land
use, water access and related rights, and soil monitoring.

Proposed actions:
(i) Conduct training programmes aimed at equipping fisheries officers
with basic hands-on/tailor-made skills.
(ii) Design and offer training courses based on the needs and emerging
issues in the fisheries industry and related sectors (e.g., land,
forestry and water).
(iii) Conduct long term training (PhD and master degrees) to staff in
fisheries, aquaculture, blue economy and other related disciplines in
local higher learning Institutions and abroad.
(iv) Create awareness programmes to the private sector on fisheries
and aquaculture.
(v) Facilitate short courses (both local and abroad) in specialized skills
for MLF staff (fisheries management, data management,
aquaculture development, project management, procurement,
financial management, accounting software, quality control, MCS
skills, master fisherman, marine engineering, fish processing,
marine, deep sea fishing, gear technology, observers).

8.7.3 Infrastructure development for fisheries institutions

There are well-developed institutions under the Fisheries Division,
complementing each other to fulfil a number of tasks assigned to the sector
including research, training and education, conservation and sustainable
utilization of resources, compliance and enforcement and those institutions
operating under LGAs. Despite their development, most of these institutions
are experiencing a serious shortage of infrastructure (offices, laboratories,

74
classrooms, jetty, and staff houses) that hinders them from fulfilling their
duties efficiently. Since, the sustainable management and development of
the fisheries sector is anchored in these institutions, there is a need to
rehabilitate and develop new infrastructure as required.

Operational objective 3: To support infrastructure development for

fisheries management, research, training and conservation
institutions.

Issue:
Inadequate capacity of fisheries institutions to fulfil their obligations and
responsibilities due to inadequate infrastructure.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Creating an enabling environment for institutions to fulfil their
statutory functions.
(ii) Support fisheries infrastructure development for fisheries
management, research, training and conservation institutions.

Proposed action:
Build/rehabilitate all necessary infrastructure to enable all institutions under
the fisheries sector to carry out their functions.

8.8 Thematic Area Five: Compliance and Enforcement of

Management Measures
Compliance and enforcement measures are the key elements of resources
management necessary for ensuring sustainable use of fisheries resources.
Both are common undertakings in managing the fisheries sector.
Compliance seeks to encourage the right behaviour, and in most cases it is
a bottom-up approach, whereby community members and other
stakeholders residing adjacent to resources adhere to laws, regulations and
rules. While, enforcement could be interpreted as a top-down approach,
where government machinery enforces laws as a disciplinary function.

Besides a top-down management approach, the Fisheries Division also

uses co-management philosophy in managing its resources. This
philosophy provides room for local community members to participate in the
enforcement of fisheries and other related laws. Community participation in
enforcement activities is a positive indicator demonstrating that the
consensus and acceptance of such important obligations has been reached
among fisheries local communities and other key stakeholders, aiming to
combat illegal harvesting of the fisheries resources within their respective
areas. In most cases, community members are reporting illegalities to

75
 relevant authorities and this seems to be a common mechanism of law
enforcement, because it is an easy task which any community member
could do while engaged in other routine activities. This is done
confidentially, as the illegal undertakings could also be reported
anonymously. Local community groups participating in the enforcement of
fisheries resources include Beach Management Units (BMUs), Collaborative
Fisheries Management Areas (CFMAs) and Village Liaison Committees
(VLCs).

8.8.1 Strengthening MCS Units and NMATT

There are several ongoing initiatives aiming to control illegal undertakings
related to natural resources including fisheries, wildlife, forests and minerals
to mention a few. Such initiatives involve the use of special task teams such
as the Monitoring, Control and Surveillance (MCS) Unit and the National
Multi-Agency Task Team (NMATT).

The objectives of fisheries management and MCS in the country are

generally to take advantage of the economic opportunities of the aquatic
resources; they also include the conservation of marine and inland
resources, and collection of appropriate data on activities to ensure sound,
and rational fisheries management. Fisheries Act (2003) stipulates various
conditions that support proper management of fisheries through surveillance
and control of illegal undertakings as well as monitoring. The Act also
provides support restrictions against the use of particular gear and other
characteristics of the endangered species particularly, target ones. Part V of
the Fisheries Act provides for the management and control of the fishing
industry.

In addition, a Special National Multi-Agency Task Team (NMATT) has been

established to strengthen environmental enforcement and to control
associated crimes including; blast fishing and IUU. The task team include
members from Tanzania Police Force (TPF), Ministry of Natural Resources
and Tourism (MNRT), Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries (MLF), Tanzania
Intelligence and Security Service (TISS), and Ministry of Minerals. At
present NMATT is hosted at TPF Headquarters.

Operational objective 1: Ensure that Monitoring, Control and

Surveillance (MCS) unit, NMATT, BMUs and CFMAs enforce fisheries
legislation effectively.

Issues:
(i) Degradation of aquatic ecosystems and decline of fish stocks due to
illegal harvesting of resources and other human activities.
(ii) Limited enforcement is putting more pressure on biodiversity.

76
Strategic interventions:
(i) Strengthen compliance and enforcement agents (MCS, NMATT,
BMUs and CFMAs).
(ii) Promote the establishment and strengthening of fisheries patrols
and quality control stations across the country.
(iii) Promote the establishment and strengthening of BMUs and CFMAs
for efficient fisheries resources management across the country.

Proposed actions:
(i) Establishment of CFMAs in 5 districts; purchase working facilities
(boats, engines and safety equipment).
(ii) Construction/Renovation of MCS offices.
(iii) Strengthen existing BMUs; and MCS units established in all major
water bodies.

8.8.2 Management of Trans-boundary/cross-border ecosystems

One of the areas that are in urgent need of compliance and enforcement is
trans-boundary (cross-border) ecosystems in different countries sharing
water bodies. The management of trans-boundary resources that are
shared by Tanzania and her sister countries located in the East African
Community (EAC) and Southern African Development Community (SADC)
is in line with the objectives of EAC and SADC.

Among other things, the EAC objectives promote synergy in the regional
initiatives for economic, social and conservation benefits among member
states. Articles 2, 5, and 9 of the Environmental and Natural Resources
Management Protocol of EAC obliges the member states to develop
mechanisms that will ensure sustainable utilization of trans-boundary
ecosystems.

At present, management, international cooperation and interventions in

fisheries resources in the EAC and SADC countries are streamlined and
legalized, although they are not adequately enforced by the respective
countries, especially for the cross-border resources. Inadequate
enforcement is due to different management approaches, legal and
institutional frameworks between/among the countries sharing water bodies.
Thus, deliberate efforts are needed to strengthen the management,
interventions and cooperation between Tanzania and other countries
sharing water bodies.

Thus, there is a need to develop effective management mechanisms,

including the protection of the critical habitats and management plans of the
remaining important species e.g., ornamental fish species which are
valuable and common in Lake Tanganyika, Lake Nyasa and the marine
environment (coral reef species).

77
 Operational objective 2: To strengthen management interventions,
international cooperation/collaboration and dialogue among countries
sharing water bodies.

Issues:
(i) Inadequate trans-boundary cooperation, implementation
agreements and protection mechanisms for fishers in shared water
bodies.
(ii) Un-harmonized legal and institutional framework for managing
cross-border resources.
(iii) Smuggling of fish and fisheries products between cross borders.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Strengthening the capacity to meet regional and international
obligations and to pro-actively act on existing and emerging issues.
(ii) Establishing trans-boundary conservation areas (TBCAs) and
associated management strategies.
(iii) Strengthening collaboration/cooperation of fisheries resources
management regionally and internationally.

Proposed actions:
(i) Develop cooperation and management MoUs between/among
states sharing water bodies.
(ii) Establish trans-boundary conservation areas (TBCAs); establish
information sharing mechanism/strategy.
(iii) Identify legal and institutional frameworks; develop harmonized
functions of legal and institutional frameworks.
(iv) Agree on management measures/protocol(s).

Operational objective 3: To support protection and development of

management plans and their implementation for all important fisheries
in Lake Nyasa, Lake Tanganyika, Lake Victoria and Indian Ocean.

Issue:
Lack of management plans/arrangements/guidelines for some
important fish species and fisheries.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Developing, implementing and reviewing management plans for all
important fisheries.
(ii) Designing appropriate mechanisms for the protection, research and
monitoring of important fish stocks.

Proposed actions:
(i) Review phased out management plans and develop new ones.
(ii) Develop strict management measures and harvesting strategies.

78
 (iii) Establish restricted and no-take areas.

8.8.3 Partnerships and cooperation among fisheries stakeholders

In fisheries, partnerships and cooperation refer to management system
under which one group, for instance, community members take a leading
role in managing fisheries resources with partnership, or with support of
other groups. There are different models of partnership in resources
management e.g., joint community management. Under this type of
management approach, the government involves different stakeholders at
different levels of management such as, implementation of various activities,
decision making, benefit sharing and monitoring/evaluation of the resources.
Whereas, in community based management, the community takes a leading
role and other groups are involved as partners.

The essence of partnerships in the management of fisheries resources is to

create a sense of ownership among partners, ensuring commitment and
support from various stakeholders. It is one of the successful approaches
which replaced the conventional approach. Through partnerships people
regard the resources being managed as their property and not government
property as it used to be in the past.

Operational objective 4: To strengthen partnerships and cooperation

among the stakeholders in the fisheries sector.

Issues:
(i) Weak cooperation in managing fisheries resources among key
actors.
(ii) Inadequate collaborative partnerships among multiple stakeholders
constrain achievement of biodiversity goals.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Develop a multi-sector platform to strengthen partnerships and a
cooperation platform for fisheries management actors, including the
private sector.
(ii) Promoting an intra- and inter-cooperative and collaborative
institutional framework.

Proposed actions:
(i) Review relevant documents.
(ii) Develop/formulate partners’ platforms.
(iii) Develop a collaborative institutional framework.

8.8.4 Illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing

Tanzania is no exception, and like other developing countries it has to
contend with the problem of IUU fishing. Fishers are still using illegal and

79
 destructive fishing gear such as under mesh size, monofilament nets, beach
seines and currently to a very small extent blast fishing as a way of killing
fish. Destructive gears and practices have greatly contributed to resources
and environmental destruction.

IUU fishing also cause damage to the communities that rely on fisheries for
their livelihoods and food security, so it is important that their aquatic
resources are managed sustainably to provide livelihoods, being amongst
the most affected by IUU fishing. However, some small-scale fishers are
also part and parcel of IUU.

Besides the high level of unlicensed craft and fishers, another major issue
relating to IUU fishing is the use of illegal gear. The high number of
unregistered vessels in the country may be attributed to increasing levels of
IUU fishing. As a strategy to reduce if not to control IUU, fisheries staff, local
communities and other stakeholders are collectively enforcing fisheries laws
and regulations.

Operational objective 5: To prevent illegal, un-reported and un-

regulated (IUU) fishing.

Issues:
(i) Fishers vulnerability due to lack of training, and little enforcement of
safety and international labour standards.
(ii) IUU fishing practices impacting the sustainability of resources.
(iii) Misunderstanding/conflicts between fishing communities and law
enforcers on IUU measures and practices.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Establishing awareness raising programmes on effective law
enforcement procedures.
(ii) Strengthening mechanisms for sharing information and
disseminating awareness raising materials among the key
stakeholders.
(iii) Develop strategies to combat IUU fishing and illegal trade.

Proposed actions:
(i) Create awareness raising programmes on enforcement of laws for
local community and other stakeholders.
(ii) Develop and provide training on environmental programmes.
(iii) Develop mechanism/platform for information sharing.
(iv) Create conflict resolution mechanisms for resource users.

80
8.9 Thematic Area Six: Fisheries Infrastructure
Development
This theme focuses on the building of infrastructure facilities in the fisheries
and aquaculture sector to help boost annual fish production in the country
and develop the sector by reducing post-harvest loss. Tanzania does not
currently have suitable facilities to service both artisanal and industrial
fisheries, this is believed to be one of the serious constraints for the
development of the fisheries sector. The lack of dry docking and a fishing
harbour contribute to further loss in the fisheries revenues and thus, there is
a need to establish a national fishing harbour that can provide services to
deep sea fishing vessels. There are also inadequate landing sites for
artisanal fishers, handling, storage (cold rooms and ice plants), processing
plants, transportation, marketing facilities, fishing gear, a vessel
manufacturing factory, and a vessel for deploying water, food and fish
aggregating devices (FADs).

8.9.1 Infrastructure development for boosting production

The available infrastructure, equipment and facilities are not enough for the
fisheries sector and its stakeholders to carry out all their functions.
Consequently, there is a need to join efforts between the public and private
sectors to address the existing constraints. Specific constraints facing
fisheries infrastructure development include; high investment costs,
inaccessibility to credit facilities, technical backstopping, inadequate
technologies and support services, worn-out infrastructure, uncoordinated
and low participation of the private sector.

Operational objective 1: To establish and rehabilitate the necessary

infrastructure for development of the fisheries sector.

Issue:
Inadequate fish and fisheries infrastructure (physical) for artisanal
fishers, fish workers and other actors along the value chain.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Developing and improving the fishing landing sites, fishery market
infrastructure and facilities (cold chain and handling equipment for
fish and fishery products).
(ii) Creation of conducive environment by the government to attract
more investors in the fisheries sector.
(iii) Promote and support private sector participation in the investment
and rehabilitation of fisheries infrastructure and facilities.

Proposed actions:
(i) Develop the infrastructure needed.
(ii) Purchase equipment and facilities.
(iii) Provide training to staff on the use of equipment and facilities.

81
 (iv) Build new fisheries infrastructure and rehabilitate the old ones.

Operational objective 2: To encourage the private sector to develop

infrastructure in the fisheries sector.

Issue:
Inadequate suitable facilities to service both artisanal and industrial
fisheries.

Strategic intervention:
Develop a strategy for promoting the involvement of the private sector in the
development and management of the fisheries sector.

Proposed actions:
(i) Encourage both local and foreign investors to build fisheries
infrastructure.
(ii) Purchase of fishing vessels for fishing in the EEZ.
(iii) Build fisheries infrastructures (e.g., jetty/port, cold room, and
processing industries).
(iv) Establish fishing support services.

8.9.2 Development of market information system

Currently there is no information system for fisheries markets that exists in
the country. Inadequate information on the fish and fisheries products
market hinders the development of the fisheries sector. Hence, the
development of a market information system at this stage is inevitable.

Operational 0bjective 3: To strengthen the information system on the

availability of markets.

Issues:
(i) The absence of a market information system for fish and fisheries
products.
(ii) Limited access to local and international market information.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Developing a marketing information system and linkages in the
marketing chain.
(ii) Establishing a market intelligence unit.
(iii) Promoting use of technology in accessing market information.

Proposed actions:
(i) Develop a marketing information system on markets.
(ii) Solicit funds for developing the market infrastructure and an
information system.
(iii) Establish a market unit.

82
 (iv) Use information technology to access markets.

8.10 Thematic Area Seven: Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ)

and High Seas Fishing Opportunities
Tanzania’s capability to exploit its EEZ is limited by a lack of appropriate
fishing vessels, and to-date there is no estimate of the fish potential in the
Tanzanian EEZ. This is due to the absence of effective data reporting, as a
result of inadequate research and lack of observers on-board of distant
water fishing nations (DWFNs)’ vessels. Fishery resources in the EEZ are
currently exploited by DWFNs through a licensing system under a regime of
a private access agreement. The Deep Sea Fishing Authority (DSFA)
among other things, ensures the sustainable use of fisheries resources in
the EEZ, and determines the fees, charges, resource rents or royalties from
foreign vessels. Given the existing situation, the Five-Year National
Development Plan is targeting to develop EEZ and high seas fishery. Thus,
efforts are being made to develop a national fleet and to re-establish the
Tanzania Fisheries Corporation (TAFICO) so that it can exploit the fishery
resources in the EEZ and high seas.

8.10.1 EEZ and high seas fishing

There are no local fishers currently fishing in the EEZ and high seas, due to
inadequate technology and capital. As far as EEZ fishing is concerned, the
DSFA is issuing licences and permits to foreign fishing vessels so that they
can harvest resources in the EEZ (both purse seiners and long liners). The
available fishery resources in the EEZ and high seas, are migratory species
and if they are not caught while in our waters, the country loses a
substantial amount of revenue and employment.
Despite her reasonably rich fisheries resources, the country has not been
able to adequately benefit from the sector, particularly fisheries in the EEZ
due to several challenges including the absence of essential fisheries
infrastructure including fishing harbour, the absence of a national fishing
fleet and fishing support services in the EEZ and high seas by local fishers.
For example, at present, there is no dry-docking facility in the country.
Instead, there are a few vendors and small shops engaged in the supply of
boat engines and spare parts for boats and cold chain machines.

Operational objective 1: To promote the utilization of

untapped/underutilized EEZ and high seas fisheries resources for
economic growth.

Issue:
Low contribution of EEZ and high seas fisheries resources to the
GDP, the fisheries sector and the national economy.

83
 Strategic interventions:
(i) Encouraging investment in the EEZ and high seas.
(ii) Designing research programmes to explore the investment potential
of the EEZ and high seas.
(iii) Building the capacity of local investors to invest in fisheries in the
EEZ and high seas.
(iv) Developing infrastructure to support the EEZ (fisheries harbour and
processing factories).
(v) Ensuring investment strategies are in place and promoting
investment through public-private partnerships (PPP).

Proposed actions:
(i) Promote investments targeting EEZ and high seas fishing.
(ii) Design and conduct research to explore the potential of the EEZ and
high seas.
(iii) Develop and implement relevant capacity building programmes for
local investors.
(iv) Encourage investors to build infrastructure and procure facilities for
harvesting fish in the EEZ.
(v) Develop a strategy for the government to collaborate with the private
sector in investing in the fisheries sector under PPP arrangements.
(vi) Development of dry-docking facilities that will serve both private and
national fleets.
(vii) Encourage local people to invest in spare parts for boat engines and
cold chain storage facilities.

8.11 Thematic Area Eight: Cross-Cutting Issues

These are issues that affect different aspects of the FSMP and other related
disciplines that need special attention. They should also be integrated into
all stages of the Master plan implementation and should, if possible, be
addressed by the government through the Ministry of Livestock and
Fisheries in collaboration with other relevant authorities/partners such as
LGAs, development partners and the private sector. This approach would
create a diversified means of accessing livelihood and reduce high
dependence on fisheries resources.

The sub-topics placed under this theme include; (i) HIV/AIDS and other
communicable disease prevention mechanisms, (ii) the disaster risks and
climate change impacts, (iii) limited involvement of stakeholders, particularly
women and youths in the fisheries management, (iv) low coverage and
unaffordable social protection services to small-scale fishers and fish
workers, (v) value chain and post-harvest loss, and (vi) inadequate social
services in fishing communities.

84
8.11.1 HIV and other communicable disease prevention mechanisms
The fishing communities residing in remote areas and fishing camps located
on isolated islands are particularly vulnerable to sexually transmitted
diseases (STDs) including HIV/AIDS, and other communicable diseases
including water borne diseases, malaria and the COVID-19 pandemic.

The Ministry of Health and LGAs have been making deliberate efforts to
address HIV/AIDS in fishing communities and other disadvantaged groups
through awareness campaigns, providing health services, protectives
(condoms), ARVs and supporting them to access affordable social
protection services, affordable basic needs and the implementation of
alternative income generating activities. Despite all these efforts, the main
challenge is to reduce the prevalence rates within fishing communities for
sustainable management and development of fisheries resources.

Operational objective 1: To promote behavioural change and

communicable disease prevention mechanisms/programmes for
fishers and fish-workers.

Issues:
(i) Irresponsiveness of fishery stakeholders to behavioural change on
communicable diseases such as STDs, HIV-AIDS and cholera.
(ii) Low awareness, socio-economic and cultural factors, amongst
fishing communities contribute to high infections.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Creating programmes advocating behavioural change and
communicable disease prevention among fishers/fish workers and
their families.
(ii) Provision of adequate health services and facilities in the fishing
communities.

Proposed actions:
(i) Develop and strengthen interventions aimed at changing behaviour
in isolated fishing communities.
(ii) Develop a mechanism that would enable fishers and their families to
access affordable health insurance.
(iii) Construct health centres/dispensaries in the permanent fishing
villages.
(iv) Provide mobile health services to fishers in temporal fishing
camps/villages.

8.11.2 The disaster risks and climate change impacts

Climate change impacts and disaster risks affect the fisheries sector in
many different ways, for example, floods often lead to large numbers of

85
 deaths, casualties and cause tangible losses such as damage to boats,
gear, fish cages, households and production assets, the destruction of
infrastructure (houses, roads, landing sites, fish processing facilities) and
other properties.

A national climate change adaptation and mitigation strategy exists under

the Vice-President’s Office, Environment Division. There is also a National
Disaster Committee under the Prime Minister’s Office. Both of these
initiatives are aimed to ensure that mitigation and adaptation measures are
implemented accordingly, to rescue vulnerable groups of people, including
fishers from risks associated with climate change and other natural
disasters.

Operational objective 2: To ensure that mitigation and adaptation

strategies for reducing the effects of climate change and variability are
in place and implemented accordingly.

Issues:
(i) Effects of climate change on fisheries and aquatic environment.
(ii) Uncoordinated disaster preparedness and climate change
adaptation and mitigation measures among fishers.

Strategic intervention:
Implementation of national mitigation and adaptation strategies for
climate change.

Proposed actions:
(i) Develop/review and implement mitigation measures.
(ii) Develop disaster and climate monitoring programmes.
(iii) Sign MoUs with institutions dealing with disasters and climate
change.
(iv) Integrate, harmonize and coordinate environmentally sustainable
strategies on adaptation to and mitigation of climate change.
(v) Support research programmes to improve and develop new
technologies.

8.11.3 Limited involvement of stakeholders in the fisheries

management

The existing policies and guidelines related to the fisheries sector

encourage stakeholders’ involvement in the fisheries sector. However, they
do not clearly show the role and responsibilities of different groups of
stakeholders in managing and developing the fisheries sector. The
involvement of different groups, such as women, youths and marginalized
stakeholders in the implementation of appropriate strategies and

86
management of fisheries resources is an important aspect and increases
the chances of success.

The involvement of youths and women in fisheries is constrained by limited

access to productive resources, especially in the decision making and
benefit sharing. There is a feeling that women and youths are not given
special consideration due to social and cultural reasons. Thus, for the
sustainable management and development of a vibrant fisheries sector,
there is a need to increase the involvement of those groups.

Operational objective 3: To support the development and

implementation of appropriate strategies for involving the youth,
women and marginalized groups at different levels of management.

Issues:
(i) Limited involvement of stakeholders especially marginalized groups
in the management of fisheries resources.
(ii) Limited entrepreneurial skills among the youth.
(iii) Limitations on equity in resource allocation and capital accessibility.

Strategic interventions:
Developing an appropriate collaborative framework to involve stakeholders
at different management levels of fisheries resources.
(i) Creating a sense of ownership and commitment among fisheries
stakeholders, including marginalized groups.
(ii) Develop strategy to involve youth, women and marginalized groups
in fisheries management and development.

Proposed actions:
(i) Design, develop and implement appropriate strategies or
frameworks for involving stakeholders in the fisheries sector.
(ii) Review the fisheries sector’s guidance documents and remove
barriers to stakeholders’ involvement in the sector, if any.
(iii) Involve stakeholders at different levels of management.

8.11.4 Low coverage and unaffordable social protection services

The government has been taking various initiatives to address issues
related to social security, decent work, safety services and basic rights for
small-scale fishers. It recognizes the importance of decent work for her
people. Decent work has a role in realizing sustainable fishing through the
employment opportunities created or reduced underemployment that
enables people to enhance higher labour returns. However, these issues
are not well captured in the existing policies and laws.

There are inadequate social protection services in remote fishing

villages/camps and geographically isolated islands. Such a situation, in one

87
 way or another hinders small scale fishers to access some of the basic
services and socio-economic benefits, which are their human rights. The
National Plan of Action for Small-Scale Fisheries Guidelines developed
recently will address all of these items. Addressing this objective would
enable fishers and poor communities residing in these areas to improve
their livelihood and enhance their contribution to an economically, socially
and sustainable future.

Operational objective 4: To enhance social protection, safety at sea

and decent working conditions scheme for fishers, fish workers and
other resource users.

Issues:
(i) Absence of framework that would enable small scale fishers and
disadvantaged groups to access their rights and basic needs.
(ii) Lack of rescue centres and safety equipment for small scale fishers.
(iii) Inadequate employment opportunities in the fisheries sector.
(iv) Low coverage and unaffordable social protection services to small
scale fishers.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Enhancing safety at sea, and establishing decent working conditions
and social protection schemes.
(ii) Develop mechanisms to engage fishers, fish workers and other
fisheries resources users in social security services.

Proposed actions:
(i) Develop/review formal arrangements on fishers’ rights and
strengthen them.
(ii) Encourage the National Social Security Fund (NSSF) to extend its
services to small scale fishers and other marginalized groups.
(iii) Encourage different institutions to support fishers’ welfare and
create a conducive/enabling environment for fishers to earn their
livelihoods.
(iv) Implement NPoA-SSF Guidelines; establish SSF cooperatives and
related organizations.
(v) Incorporate the legal mandates of fishers’ cooperatives and
organizations so that they can provide support in terms of goods and
services to fishers in the Fisheries Act/Regulations.
(vi) Develop rescue centres along various water bodies; safety
equipment accessed by fishers and sold at reasonable prices.
(vii) Develop/review of both formal and informal arrangements on fishers’
rights and strengthen them.

88
 (viii) Encourage different institutions to support fishers’ welfare and
create a conducive/enabling environment for fishers to earn their
livelihoods.
(ix) Develop a mechanism of accessing information on the size of the
fisheries sector and socio-economic status of small scale fishers.

8.11.5 Value chains and post-harvest loss management

Various initiatives are undertaken to reduce post-harvest loss for artisanal
fishers, although the problem is not resolved yet. Capture fisheries face a
big challenge of decreasing supply against a growing demand. Part of the
supply decline has been attributed to post harvest losses. Normally, fishing,
processing and trading are the major three fish value chain nodes which are
profitable. Post-harvest losses occur at all nodes of the value chain but
there are higher chances of occurrence at the processor’s node. Traders
lose more in terms of percentage weight and in monetary value. Somanje
(2016) analysed the value chain and concluded that, storage time, interest
rates and price of materials were the major factors influencing the
profitability of operators. In this case, the interaction of price of capital and
price of transport, price of labour and price of materials influences levels of
profitability. Therefore, post-harvest losses occur at all nodes of the value
chain with the trader node experiencing the highest levels of percentage
physical loss and quality loss. Post-harvest losses can be reduced through
improved processing and handling methods.

Operational objective 5: To ensure that fish and fishery products are

properly handled, processed and stored/preserved to reduce post-
harvest loss along the value chain.

Issue:
Poor income from fishing due to poor post-harvest practices.

Strategic interventions:
(i) Enhance introduction of improved and appropriate technology and
techniques for fish and the fishery products value chain (fishing,
handling, processing, storage/preservation and marketing).
(ii) Improving skills and knowledge of good product handling from
processing practices to supply chain actors.
(iii) Develop strategies to reduce post-harvest loss along the fish value
chain.
(iv) Reducing the post-harvest loss by opening up off-shore facilities.
(v) Support fisheries value chains affected by climate change e.g.
coolers/insulated containers to improve the conservation of fish
products.

89
 Proposed actions:
(i) Use appropriate technology along the fisheries value chain.
(ii) Develop the infrastructure needed for fish handling, processing,
storing and trading.
(iii) Conduct land use plans to reduce pressure on inshore fish stocks.
(iv) Demarcate specific areas/land to improve storage of fish products.

8.11.6 Inadequate social services in fishing communities

Many fishing communities lack essential social amenities including schools,
health services facilities and clean water supply. Lack of these facilities
hinders fisheries and aquaculture development in these areas.

Operational objective 6: Enhance social services for sustainable

development of fisheries sector.

Issue:

Inadequate social services in both fishing communities and other rural

areas.

Strategic intervention:

Promoting social services in fishing camps and villages.

Proposed actions:
(i) Construction of schools for fishing community families staying in
remote areas.
(ii) Supply clean water services in the fishing communities.

8.12 The Master Plan Matrix for 2021–2036

This section presents the main actions in the master plan that will be carried
out by the Fisheries Division to achieve outputs and outcomes in the next 15
years (2021–2036). The thematic areas matrix consists of operational
objectives, outcomes, outputs and actions for managing and developing the
fisheries sector in mainland Tanzania, and baseline information which
shows the status of each item/component, timeframe for implementation of
each objective, estimated budget and responsible body (Table 14). This
matrix is the most important tool for guiding the implementation of the
FSMP. It is also the basis for adaptive management. It provides a
comprehensive summary of the scope and key components, as well as
indicators of the progress made towards achieving the objectives/outcomes.

90
Table 14: Fifteen-year Master Plan Matrix of the Fisheries Sector Indicating the Major Target Outputs/Outcomes for
each Operational Objective in the Thematic Areas

Thematic Area One: Maintenance of the Environment, Ecological Systems and Associated Biodiversity.
Operational objective 1: To strengthen the management of aquatic ecological systems and their processes to reduce the decline in the quantity of fish and fish
species.
Outcomes Outputs Strategic Interventions Key Performance Baseline Timeframe Indicative Budget (USD) Responsible
Indicators Information Institutions
1.1. Cross- Critical ecological systems Promoting conservation Ecological linkages Fisheries and 2021-2036 A total of USD 25,000 per Ministry of
ecological understood, identified programmes and sustainable understood/infor related laws, year is required to Livestock and
systems, and put under protection. management of aquatic mation available. regulations and These implement the activities. Fisheries (MLF),
processes ecosystems to reduce the guidelines are in activities Ministry of
and loss of critical habitats and place. are USD 450,000 Natural
biodiversity associated biodiversity. Some fishery ongoing, Resources and
restored and management though will Tourism
protected from Laws, regulations, Promoting biodiversity Critical habitats in plans have been be (MNRT), Vice
anthropogenic guidelines and conservation and protect different water developed, implemente President’s
risks. management plans are endangered species. bodies identified although they d in phases. Office – Division
strengthened to control and documented. may need of Environment
illegal undertakings and reviewing. (VPO-DoE) and
minimize natural hazards. NGOs.
Very little
information on
cross-ecological
Enforcement improved Promoting Ecosystem User zones and
systems is
(both human and Approach to Fisheries their maps exist.
available
financial resources made Management, Co-
available). management and Spatial
Planning among fishers and

91
 other stakeholders
Creating awareness of fishers Number of
and other key stakeholders degraded habitats
on the importance of aquatic restored.
ecosystems to fisheries .
activities.
Promoting establishment of Laws, regulations,
aquatic reserves, ecosystem management
restoration programmes, plans and
temporary and permanent guidelines
closed systems. reviewed and
improved
accordingly
Protecting and restoring Awareness raising
destroyed habitats and manuals and
ecosystem processes. reports.

Developing appropriate Important fishery

fisheries management plans and management
(MPs) and multi-sectoral plans developed.
collaborative mechanisms to
facilitate implementation of
MPs.

92
Operational objective 2: To reduce anthropogenic impacts on the resources located within and adjacent to water bodies to increase their productivity.
2.1 Mitigation measures Improving the governance of Reports and a Mitigation measures are in 2022 – 2027 USD 10,000 per MLF, LGAs,
Anthropogenic (regulations, guidelines, resources in the marine and number of place, although not all are annum for 5 Fishing and
effects on management plans and inland waters. management adequately enforced. years. Local
aquatic rules) against measures Communities
resources anthropogenic effects reviewed, There is little awareness about USD 200,000
reduced to a reviewed as needed and improved and put anthropogenic effects.
great extent. strengthened. in place.
Reports on the
status of
anthropogenic
effects.
Collaboration amongst Introducing and strengthening Collaborative
key stakeholders in community environment enforcement
managing fisheries management programmes. reports.
resources strengthened.
Awareness on
anthropogenic effects
among stakeholders
increased.
Developing mitigation A number of
measures to reduce the developed (new)
effects of anthropogenic and reviewed
activities on water bodies. mitigation
Fostering collaboration with measures.
relevant institutions to
enforce the laws and Available

93
 regulations governing MoUs/agreement
aquatic-ecosystem s.
management.
Awareness raising
programme
meetings.
Establishing mechanisms for Management
controlling aquatic pollution programmes
and contamination from development and
domestic, industries, rivers implementation
up-stream activities and reports.
establishment of Harmonized laws
development projects closer and management
to water bodies protocols are in
place.

Operational objective 3: To implement environmentally friendly beach use and waste management programmes around the landing sites.
3.1 Effective beach/intertidal Promoting sustainable waste Beach/intertidal areas use Land use and waste 2024 – USD MLF, LGAs,
Beach/intertidal areas use plans disposal and land/beach use plans and their impact. management laws and 2031 400,000 and Ministry
areas use, solid developed, implemented practices within and adjacent plans are in place. of Lands and
and liquid and reviewed to water bodies. Beach use zones and the level However, they are not Urban
waste issues accordingly. of compliance. properly enforced, some Development,
are properly may need to be reviewed CSOs, CBOs
addressed and strengthened. and fishing
using Recycling community
appropriate initiatives/activities are members
mechanisms. still on a small scale.
Effective solid and liquid Promoting beach use best Waste management plan and
waste management practices within and adjacent implementation reports.

94
 plans developed, to water bodies.
implemented and
reviewed accordingly.
Some solid waste is Developing youth and women A number of recycling
being recycled. litter management initiatives.
programmes at landing sites,
fish markets and beaches. Enforcement reports and the
level of compliance.

Laws and regulations on Developing a multi- Strategy documents and

waste disposal and land stakeholder platform to implementation reports.
use enforced. strengthen partnerships and
cooperation among the
stakeholders in the fisheries
sector and used to
mainstreaming the
application of both the VGGT
and the SSF guidelines.
Operational objective 4: To maintain an ecological balance to stocks so that they continue producing Maximum Sustainable Yields (MSYs).
4.1 Stock Stock assessments of the Supporting assessment of the Stock assessment and fish Only a few stock 2022, 2027 USD1,500, MLF (Fisheries
assessments great lakes and the status of fish (fish stocks) in catch reports. assessment reports for and 2032 000 Division and
are conducted ocean conducted at different water bodies. some water bodies). TAFIRI),
Skilled staff present at different
routinely to least every three years. Stock LGAs
fisheries management levels
maintain the To date, no stock assessme

95
 ecological At least three staff (both in the central and local assessment has been nt carried
balance in members who are government. conducted in small water after every
different experts in stock bodies. 5 years.
resource bases assessment present at
(water bodies). TAFIRI and in the
Central Government
(Fisheries Division) and
the Local Government
Authorities.

Increased budgets and Supporting acquisition of Stock assessments carried out

facilities for carrying out fisheries on a regular basis using available facilities.
stock assessments in and using standard data
different water bodies. collection protocols.
Strengthened Tanzania Increased the budgets and the
Fisheries Research number of staff members at
Institute (TAFIRI) and its TAFIRI.
centres.
Thematic Area Two: Improved Research, Monitoring and Reporting System.
Operational objective 1: To strengthen fisheries data collection and information management systems for informed decisions.

Outcomes Outputs Strategic Interventions Key Performance Indicators Baseline Timeframe Indicative Responsible
Information Budget Institutions
1.1. Scientific Data collection systems Improving fisheries data Progress/monitoring reports. A fisheries database 2022 – USD MLF (Fisheries
information/dat are in place for all collection and information . is available, 2025 500,000 Division and
a is available fisheries (artisanal, management/storage although not TAFIRI).

96
 for making semi-industrial and systems. Presence of an operational and up- regularly
sound industrial fisheries). dated database. maintained and
management updated.
decisions on
fisheries Staff members with skills Developing strategies to Presence of skilled staff discharging
resources. to collect, analyze, gather and collect fisheries their duties Data collection for
interpret and write data and information from artisanal fisheries
scientific reports are minor waters (small lakes, is done consistently
available. wetlands, rivers and dams) in the areas where
and marine. BMUs are active.
All data collected Building the capacity of Monitoring programmes and their
analyzed and fisheries fisheries data collectors implementation reports. Fish export and
reports produced and including fisheries staff and import data are
disseminated to BMU members. Data collection protocols and available.
stakeholders. dissemination reports.
Database properly Developing strategy to collect Application of scientific information in
maintained and updated and gather fish marketing, the fisheries sector.
on regular basis. post-harvest and fisheries
social-economic data.
Operational objective 2: to strengthen fisheries research, monitoring and extension services for informed decisions
2.1 Required Research, monitoring and Improving fisheries research, Research and monitoring reports as stated above 2022 – USD MLF, LGAs,
information for extension services monitoring programmes and (operational 2031 700,000 TAFIRI,
making sound programmes are in place information dissemination objective 1) NGOs and
and informed and implemented as systems. Development
decisions from planned. partners.
basic and Adequate funds for carrying Building capacity of the Application of technology and
applied out research, monitoring Tanzania Fisheries Research innovation skills
research are and extension made Institute.
available and available from reliable

97
 disseminated sources.
accordingly. Staff are equipped with Developing strategies to Report on funds raised for
required hands-on skills. Soliciting funds for supporting research.
fisheries research and
monitoring programmes on a
regular basis.
Innovations and technology Strengthening and supporting Extension services and
disseminated. fisheries extension service information dissemination
delivery. reports.

Facilitating fisheries information Dissemination reports

and technology dissemination.
Operational objective 3: To develop and improve appropriate technologies for fisheries industries so as to increase production and productivity.
3.1 High Capacity building in Strengthening research Designed relevant technology and Production and 2022 – USD MLF, LGAs,
production and appropriate technology collaboration and linkages innovations system in place. productivity of fisheries 2028 600,000 Ministry of
productivity of and innovations within and outside the is low due to Industry and
fisheries due to programmes are in country. inadequate Trade, NGOs
developed and place. Promoting investment and Reports on research data turned into appropriate and Private
improved capacity building in information. technologies. sector.
appropriate appropriate technology and
technology. innovations
Mechanisms for Promoting fisheries research Reports on training and learning of
disseminate research agenda, demand driven employees and stakeholders.
information to various fisheries researches and
stakeholders are in indigenous knowledge.
place.
Required innovations and Supporting innovation and Available innovations and
technologies being technologies in fisheries technologies in fisheries
applied. sector. Identified communication needs

98
 Promoting technologies to Reports on post-harvest and value
reduce fisheries’ post- addition technologies
harvest losses and add value
Thematic Area Three: Empowerment of Fishers and Fish Workers.
Operational objective 1: To support the creation of an enabling environment for fishers and fish workers, investors and other actors along the fishery value chain
to access finance and financial services.
Outcomes Outputs Strategic Interventions Key Performance Baseline Information Timeframe Indicative Budget Responsible
Indicators Institutions
1.1 More Increased employment Creating conducive More credit At present the terms 2022 – 2026 USD 50,000 MLF, Ministry
local and opportunities. environment (on the part of facilities and conditions for of Finance
foreign government) to enable established. fishers to access (MF), NGOs
investors fishers to access loans from loans from banks and and Private
access finance financial institutions. other credit facilities Sector (PS)
and invest in are not friendly to
Increased local and Encouraging more financial Concessional fees
the fisheries them.
foreign investment in the institutions and credit are offered to
sector (fish Investment in the
fisheries sector. facilities to provide soft loans competitive
processing and fisheries sector by
and other financial services investors by the
infrastructure both foreign and local
to fishers relevant Ministry.
developmen). fishers is very low.
Imparting hands-
on/entrepreneurial skills to
fishers/fish workers.
1.2 Development Credit facilities to support Encouraging commercial A number of banks 2022 – 2034 Government to inject USD
of the fisheries investment in the banks to support fishers/fish and credit 200,000 to financial
sector is fisheries sector are workers by giving them facilities provide institutions after every 3
supported by established. credits. loans to fishers. years to enable them to
financial provide loans to fishers.
institutions.
USD 800,000

99
Operational objective 2: To support fishers and other actors to access reliable markets along the value chain.
2.1 Enhanced production Promoting the production of Fishers produce high quality products At present the skills 2025 - USD MLF, Private
Fisher capacity, fish handling high quality products. that fetch high prices. needed to properly 2030 1,000,000 sector and
s have skills for and processing skills for handle and process Ministry of
producing both artisanal and fish are inadequate for Agriculture
improved and commercial fishers. small-scale fishers and and
high quality fish workers. Cooperative
products for the s.
domestic,
regional and
international
markets.
Production of high quality Increasing the possibility of A number of cooperatives Most small-scale
fish and fishery products fishers accessing finance, formulated/established. fishers’ products are
increased. financial services and for their own
international markets. consumption and
some are for domestic
and regional markets.
Promoting formation of Export of fish and associated
fisheries associations or products increased.
cooperatives.
Developing strategies to Modern vessels, gear and handling
empower small scale fishers, facilities are used in fishing
commercial and industrial activities.
fishers.
Promoting establishment of
fish and fishery products
market centres and linkages.

100
2.2 More Increased contribution of
Supporting production of fish Cold chain facilities The export of fish and 2022 – USD
domestic and the fisheries sector to
and fish products for established/improved at the airports. fishery products is low. 2025 2,500,000
export markets the Gross Domestic domestic and international The contribution to the
identified and Product (GDP) and to
markets. GDP and foreign An on-
established for foreign exchange. exchange is low. going
fish and fishery The export of fish and Export markets increased. activity.
products fishery products The distribution chain for domestic
increased. markets improved.
Communication networks for fish
markets are in place
Operational objective 3: To reduce dependence on fisheries resources by local communities by introducing alternative activities for getting livelihoods.
3.1 Alternative Research conducted to Building capacity and Reports on introduced alternative Many projects have an 2023 – USD MLF, LGAs,
income identify reliable and empowering local fishers. activities. AIGA component, 2028 1,200,000 NGOs and
generating sustainable AIGAs for although most of them and Donors
activities fishing communities. have failed. 2029 –
(AIGAs) to Reports on implementation of a co- 2035
diversify management approach Most of the established
sources of projects cease once Done in
livelihoods for Supporting diversification Training reports promoting the use of they are phased out two
fishing sources of livelihoods for underutilized phases
communities fishing communities
identified. identified and implemented. Awareness raising/training reports on
natural resources

Promoting AIGAs and Entrepreneurship

improved coastal livelihood programmes/training reports
opportunities.

101
Thematic Area Four: Institutional Capacity Building.
Operational objective 1: To strengthen fisheries management, research, training and co-management institutions to ensure effective development of the sector.
Outcomes Outputs Strategic interventions Key Performance Indicators Baseline Information Timefra Indicative Responsible
me Budget Institutions
1.1 Fisheries All fisheries institutions Strengthening human Infrastructure and facilities available. There is a reasonable 2022 – USD MLF, LGAs,
and its have a reasonable resource development and number of staff 2036 5,500,000 BMUs,
institutions are number of staff and the capacity to respond to Equipment purchased. members, Ongoing CFMAs, and
well necessary existing and emerging infrastructure and activity Fishing
strengthened infrastructure, and are fisheries challenges. working facilities all communities.
and given the equipped with all the over the country,
capacity to fulfil necessary working although these are not
their functions. facilities. enough.
Capacity building Strengthening fisheries and A TNA report and capacity
programmes are in co-management institutional building/training programmes in Some of the
place and developed capacity. place. infrastructure and
based on a training facilities need major
needs assessment Improved working A number of staff members recruited rehabilitation.
(TNA) carried out in environment through
each institution. effective training and service
delivery
Operational objective 2: Fisheries officers and private staff have the knowledge and hands-on skills necessary for performing their duties.
2.1 Fisheries All fisheries officers in the Strengthening of institutions Training manuals and reports Various on-the-job 2023 – USD MLF, LGAs
officers at country have skills for and human resources in courses are offered to 2035 1,750,000 and PS
different levels discharging their duties fisheries management and government staff, key
equipped with and any other technical development towards stakeholders and a
skills for duties. achieving blue economy few private-sector
discharging goals. employees
their duties and
any other Fisheries officers working Strengthen fisheries training A number of fisheries officers trained

102
 duties, for the government and institutions and establish in various fisheries issues.
especially the informal/private special training programmes
those relating sector equipped with for fisheries stakeholders
to emerging fish handling and along the value chain.
issues. processing techniques. Managing environment and A number of staff graduated in PhD
eco-system for fishery and master programmes.
including land uses, water
access and related rights, Report on awareness programmes
and soil monitoring. carried out.

A number of staff attended short

courses training in specialized skills.
Operational objective 3: To support infrastructure development for fisheries management, research, training and conservation institutions.

3.1 Public sector All necessary Creating an enabling Infrastructure built/rehabilitated. Only few infrastructures 2024 – USD MLF, and
infrastructures infrastructure available environment for institutions available and some 2033 4,500,000 LGAs
in fisheries and used by different to fulfil their statutory need major
sector are well institutions to carry out functions. rehabilitation.
developed their functions.
Support fisheries
infrastructure development
for fisheries management,
research, training and
conservation institutions.

103
Thematic Area Five: Compliance and Enforcement of Management Measures.
Operational objective 1: Ensure Monitoring, Control and Surveillance (MCS) unit, NMATT, BMUs and CFMAs enforce fisheries legislation effectively.
Outcomes Outputs Strategic Interventions Key Performance Indicators Baseline Information Timefra Indicative Responsible
me Budget Institutions
1.1 Fisheries Necessary working Strengthen compliance and CFMAs established in 5 Districts. Enforcement machinery 2022 – USD MLF, LGAs
enforcement/co facilities are in place enforcement agents (MCS, available but not well 2036 20,000,00 and Local
mpliance and being used to NMATT, BMUs and CFMAs). equipped. 0 communities
machinery are ensure compliance Promote establishment and Equipment purchased.
well developed enforce laws at different strengthening fisheries
and management patrols and quality control
coordinated. authorities. stations across the country.
Promote establishment and MCS offices constructed and
strengthening of BMUs and renovated.
CFMAs for efficient fisheries
resources management BMUs strengthened.
across the country.
More MCS units established.
Operational objective 2: To strengthen management interventions, international cooperation/collaboration and dialogue among countries sharing water bodies.

2.1 A platform Communication and Strengthening the capacity to Cooperation and management MoUs Management 2026 – USD MLF and
for discussing information sharing meet regional and are in place cooperation and 2029 300,000 Ministry of
potential issues agreements developed international obligations and TBCAs in place. interventions in foreign Affairs
for developing to build trust on to pro-actively act on existing fisheries resources are and
collaborative common goals among and emerging issues. Information sharing streamlined and International
relationships state partners. mechanism/strategy is in place and legalized, although Cooperation,
among partner applicable. they are not and
states adequately enforced. conservation
developed. institutions.

104
2.2 Trans- Cooperation among Establishing trans-boundary Legal and institutional frameworks
boundary/share states sharing water conservation areas (TBCAs) identified.
d ecosystems bodies established. and associated management
are managed strategies.
properly in
partnerships. Presence of an Strengthening Harmonized functions of legal and
avenue/mechanism for collaboration/cooperation of institutional frameworks in place
sharing information fisheries resources
between/among management regionally and
neighbouring states. internationally.
Presence of harmonized Agreed management
functions of legal and measures/protocols being
institutional frameworks operationalized.
and agreed
management measures.
Operational objective 3: To support the development of management plans and their implementation for all important fisheries in Lake Nyasa, Lake Tanganyika,
Lake Victoria and Indian Ocean.
3.1 Management Fish groups and Developing, implementing and New and reviewed management Management plans of 2023 – USD MLF
plans for all ecosystems which need reviewing management plans in place. some important fish 2030 2,000,000 (Fisheries
important special management plans for all important species developed, Division,
fisheries and arrangements identified. fisheries. although they are not MPRU and
their fully implemented TAFIRI)
ecosystems in .
different water Availability of funds for Designing appropriate Management measures and
bodies implementation of mechanisms for research harvesting strategies in place.
developed. fisheries management and monitoring of important
plans. fish stocks.
Adopted management Research and monitoring

105
 approach and action programmes and reports.
plans are in place.
No-take or restricted zones
established.
Operational objective 4: To strengthen partnerships and cooperation among stakeholders in the fisheries sector.
4.1 Cooperation Stakeholder’s partnership Develop a multi-sector Review documents. Fisheries policy and 2022 – USD MLF, LGAs,
and and cooperation policies platform to strengthen guiding rules do not 2033 600,000 NGOs, CSOs
partnerships reviewed. partnerships and a show the role and and
amongst cooperation platform for responsibilities of Fishing/Local
stakeholders actors, including the private stakeholders in Communities.
strengthened. sector. managing and
Expanded new Promoting an intra- and inter- Partners’ platforms. developing the
opportunities for cooperative and fisheries sector.
cooperation. collaborative institutional
framework.
Specification of the Public Developed a collaborative
Private Partnership institutional framework.
arrangements in fisheries
sector/industry
Operational objective 5: To prevent illegal, un-reported and un-regulated (IUU) fishing.

5.1 Illegal, un- Involvement of committed Establishing awareness Reports on awareness materials Key stakeholders are 2021 - USD MLF, LGAs,
reported and staff and local raising programmes on produced and disseminated. consulted in the 2036 800,000 NGOs. CSO,
un-regulated community members in effective law. process of reviewing BMUs, CBOs
fisheries at the enforcement of laws laws and preparing and Fishing
different levels and regulations against regulations. Communities.
adequately IUU fisheries Fisheries staff, local
prevented. communities and

106
 Increased awareness of Strengthening mechanisms A number of IUU fisheries and other stakeholders
local communities and for sharing information and compliance events reported. are collectively
other potential disseminating awareness- enforcing laws and
stakeholders on the raising materials among the regulations.
Fisheries Act and key stakeholder’s
Regulations, including enforcement procedures.
the do’s and don’ts. Develop strategies to combat
IUU fishing and illegal trade.

Thematic Area Six: Fisheries Infrastructure Development.

Operational objective 1: To establish and rehabilitate the necessary infrastructure for the development of fisheries sector.
Outcomes Outputs Strategic Interventions Key Performance Indicators Baseline Information Timefra Indicative Responsible
me Budget Institutions
1.1 Infrastructure Fisheries sector carry out Developing and improving the Infrastructure developed. Some of the necessary 2024 – USD MLF, NGOs,
needed by their tasks and fisheries landing sites, infrastructure for 2029 2,000,000 fishing
fisheries sector functions. fishery market infrastructure development of communities
to fulfil their and facilities (cold chain and fisheries sector are in and Private
obligations handling equipment for fish place, though they Sector.
developed. and fishery products). need major
Fisheries sector Creation of conducive Equipment and facilities purchased. rehabilitation.
equipped with all the environment by the
necessary government to attract more
infrastructure, investors in the fisheries
equipment and facilities. sector.
Promote and support private A staff training report.
sector participation in the Physical fisheries infrastructure and
investment and rehabilitation rehabilitated ones in place and
of fisheries infrastructure and reports.
facilities.

107
Operational objective 2: To encourage the private sector to invest in infrastructure development in the fisheries sector.
2.1 Fisheries Expanded infrastructure Develop a strategy for Private-sector developed fisheries There is little 2022 – USD MLF, Ministry
sector developed by the private promoting involvement of the infrastructure in place. infrastructure 2027 250,000 of Industry
infrastructure sector and under PPP private sector in the fisheries developed by the and Trade,
built by the arrangements. sector management and private sector, by the NGOs and
private sector development. government and under Private
or under PPP PPP arrangements. Sector.
arrangements.
2.2 Fisheries The required fisheries Encourage investors to Purchased fishing vessels and other Fisheries infrastructure, 2024 – USD
investments infrastructure and develop fisheries items are in place. facilities and 2030 6,000,000 MLF, LGAs,
done by the investments developed infrastructures and facilities Developed fisheries infrastructures investments are very PS, Donors
private sector under PPP are in place. to increase production. and investment are in place and few and inadequate. and fishing
or under PPP operationalized. communities
arrangements.

Operational objective 3: To strengthen the information system on the availability of markets.

3.1 The fisheries Fisheries infrastructure is Developing a marketing An information system for fish and The available 2021 – USD MLF and
information in place. information system and fishery products markets is in place. infrastructure, 2025 300,000 LGAs.
system on linkages in the marketing equipment and
markets are in chain. facilities are not
place and enough for institutions
operationalized to carry out all their
. A marketing information Establishing a market Funds made available for functions.
system developed. intelligence unit. infrastructure development. No information system
for fisheries markets
Promoting use of technology Market units in place.
in accessing market

108
 information. Information and Communication
Technology (ICT) used to access
fish and fisheries markets.
Thematic Area Seven: Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) and High Seas Fishing Opportunities.
Operational objective 1: To promote the utilization of untapped/underutilized EEZ and high seas fishery resources for economic growth.
Outcomes Outputs Strategic Interventions Key Performance Indicators Baseline Timeframe Indicative Responsible
Information Budget Institutions
1.1EEZ and high seas More fish Encouraging investment in the No local fishers 2023 – 2031 USD MLF, LGAs,
fisheries contribute preservation/stora EEZ and high seas. fishing in the EEZ 5,000,000 Private
significantly to the ge facilities, and high seas. Sector,
national GDP and processing Ministry of
foreign exchange. facilities and The Fisheries Finance –
international Division is issuing (Financial
fishing markets licences and Institutions),
constructed. permits to foreign Ministry of
Fishing Designing research fishing vessels so Industry and
harbours/ports programmes to explore the that they can Trade,
and associated investment potential of the harvest resources Academic
facilities EEZ and high seas. in the EEZ (both institutions.
constructed. purse seiners and
1.2 National fisheries Industries Building the capacity of local A number of investments targeting long liners).
fleet developed / specialized in investors to invest in the EEZ.
TAFICO revived and making vessels fisheries in the EEZ and high
strengthened so that and processing seas. Report on research carried out in
it can harvest machines, and in Developing infrastructure to the EEZ and high seas.
untapped resources making support the EEZ (fisheries
in the EEZ and high refrigeration harbour and processing
seas. repairs are in factories).
place.

109
 Private-sector Ensuring investment A number of local investors
vessels fishing in strategies are in place and trained.
the EEZ promoting investment
increased and the through Public-Private Harbours, jetties, storage facilities
national Partnerships (PPPs). and processing factories in
fleets/vessels are place.
in place
Investments made under PPP
arrangements.

1.3 A hub for The number of Encourage local people to Dry-docking facilities available. No dry-docking The activity USD 450,000 AS above
EEZ and high seas vendors/shops invest in spare parts for boat facilities in the will be done
fishing established to supplying engines and cold chain country. for four year
maximize consumables, storage facilities. to establish a
employment boat engines and hub for EEZ
opportunities. spare parts for There are few and and high
boats and small shops supplyin seas fishing.
machines boat engines and
increased. spare parts for boats
and cold chain
machines
Direct and indirect Number of vendors/shops selling
employment spare parts of boat engines and
opportunities in cold chain storage facilities.
the fisheries
sector increased.

110
Thematic Area Eight: Cross-Cutting Issues.
Operational objective 1: To promote the behaviour change and communicable disease prevention mechanisms/programmes for fishers and fish-workers.
Outcomes Outputs Strategic Interventions Key Performance Indicators Baseline Information Timefra Indicative Responsible
me Budget Institutions
1.1 Health Programmes that bring Creating programmes Documented interventions developed There are inadequate 2022 – USD MLF, LGAs,
centres/dispens about behaviour that advocating behavioural for fisher’s behaviour change. social services in 2035 950,000 Ministry of
aries are improves the health of change and communicable remote fishing Health and
available in the fishing communities are disease prevention among villages/camps and NGOs, CSOs,
high-risk fishing in place. fishers/fish workers and their geographically isolated Development
areas (isolated families. islands partners and
islands and fishing
remote fishing Fishers and their families Provision of adequate health A number of fishers with access to communities.
villages/camps) enabled to access services and facilities in the health insurance.
. affordable health fishing communities.
insurance
Improved health services A number of health
offered in high-risk centres/dispensaries constructed in
fishing camps/villages. permanent fishing camps/villages
Mobile health services provided.

Operational objective 2: To ensure that mitigation and adaptation strategies for reducing the effects of climate change and variability are in place and
implemented accordingly.
2.1 Disaster The disaster risks and Implementation of national Documented measures against A national climate 2021 – USD MLF, LGAs,
risks, climate the effects of climate mitigation and adaptation disaster risks and the effects of change adaptation and 2035 1,000,000 Prime
change change on the fisheries strategies for climate climate change. mitigation strategy Minister’s
adaptation and sector and their change. exists under the Vice- Office (PMO),
mitigation mitigation/adaptation President’s Office, VPO-DoE,
measures are measures identified and Environment Division. Fishing
implemented documented. A National Disaster community,

111
 with Committee is under Academic
government The government supports Disaster and climate change the Prime Minister’s institutions
support. different initiatives monitoring programmes are in Office. and NGOs.
aimed at addressing place.
disaster risks and MoUs are in place.
mitigating the effects of Environmentally sustainable
climate change. strategies on climate change are in
place.
A number of research projects aimed
at improving and developing new
technologies.
Operational objective 3: To support the development and implementation of appropriate strategies for involving the youth, women and marginalized groups at
different levels of management.
3.1 All the Strategies/frameworks for Developing an appropriate Strategy document and an Policies and guidelines 2024 – USD 850, MLF, NGOs,
barriers to involving stakeholders in collaborative framework to implementation report. related to the fisheries 2036 000 CSOs, fishing
equal the management of the involve stakeholders at sector do not prevent communities
involvement of fisheries sector have no different management levels stakeholders’ and CBOs.
different groups barriers. of fisheries resources. involvement in the
of stakeholders Creating a sense of ownership A review report. fisheries sector.
in the and commitment among However, there is a
management of fisheries stakeholders, feeling that women
the fisheries including marginalized and other marginalized
sector are groups. groups are not given
removed. special consideration.
Develop strategy to involve Level of stakeholders’ awareness and
youth, women and their involvement at different
marginalized groups in management levels
fisheries management and
development.

112
Operational objective 4: To enhance social protection, safety at sea and a decent working conditions scheme for fishers, fish workers and other resource users.
4.1 Fishers A social service Enhancing safety at sea, and Developed/reviewed and Formal/legal fishers’ social 2023 – USD MLF, NGOs,
and fish workers scheme, guidance establishing decent working strengthened formal security, decent work, 2028 550,000 Ministry of
protected and and related conditions and social arrangements on fishers and fish safety services and basic Labour, CSOs
access social programmes protection schemes. workers’ basic rights are in place rights are not well and
security services. addressing fishers’ and are being implemented. addressed in the policies Development
challenges and laws. partners
complimenting the The National Plan of Action
National Plan of for Small-Scale Fishers
Action (NPoA) are in Guidelines developed,
place and although they are not
operationalized. implemented yet.
NPoA for Small-Scale Develop mechanisms to Reports on initiatives being
. Fishers’ Guidelines engage fishers, fish workers undertaken to support fisher’s
implemented. and other fisheries resources welfare and their livelihoods.
users in social security
services. NPoA-SSF Guidelines
implementation report.
4.2 Fishers’ Well-established small- Establish small scale fisher’s A number of established small A few fisheries 2026 USD
cooperatives scale fishers’ cooperatives and related scale fisher’s cooperatives and cooperatives and 700,000
provide cooperatives and organizations. organizations. organizations exist,
assistance to organizations. although they are still in
small-scale . their infancy.
fishers, fish
workers and other
needy fishers,
including
marginalized
groups.

113
 Legal mandates Incorporate the legal The legal mandates of fishers’
delegated to fishers’ mandates of fishers’ cooperatives and organizations
cooperatives under cooperatives and incorporated in the Fisheries
the Fisheries Act so organizations so that they Act/Regulations
that they can provide can provide support in terms
goods and services of goods and services to
fishers in the Fisheries
Act/Regulations.
4.3 Rescue and Rescue centres Develop rescue centres along A number of rescue centres in Most of water bodies do 2022 – USD
safety allocated at strategic various water bodies. different water bodies. not have rescues centres 2025 155,000
mechanisms are points of different and safety mechanisms.
in place and water bodies.
implemented
accordingly. Safety equipment Safety equipment accessed A number of fishers accessing
available. by fishers and sold at affordable safety equipment.
reasonable prices.
4.4 Small scale Small fishers and fish Develop/review both formal Formal and informal Majority of small scale 2023 – USD Ministry of
fishers and workers have and informal arrangements arrangements for fishers’ rights fishers are not getting 2035 500,000 Labour, MLF,
marginalized contracts with their on fishers’ rights and exist and accessed. their basic rights including LGAs and
groups access employers are being strengthen them. decent work. Development
their basic rights paid reasonable partners
including decent salaries.
work. Affordable social Encourage different Fishers earning their livelihoods
protection services institutions to support fishers’ and other basic services.
are available in welfare and create a
fishing communities. conducive/enabling
environment for fishers to
earn their livelihoods.

114
 Develop a mechanism of Important information for small
accessing information on the scale fishers is available and
size of the fisheries sector accessed.
and socio-economic status of
small scale fishers.
Operational objective 5: To ensure that fish and fishery products are properly handled, processed and preserved to reduce post-harvest loss.
5.1 Post-harvest Reduced post-harvest Enhance introduction of Use of technology to reduce post- Various initiatives are 2024 – USD MLF, PS and
loss reduced loss in terms of quality improved and appropriate harvest loss. undertaken to reduce 2033 550,000 Fishing
along the and quantity through technology and techniques post-harvest loss for communities
important responsible fishing for fish and fishery products artisanal fishers,
nodes of the practices and value chain (fishing, although the problem
value chain infrastructure handling, processing, is not resolved yet.
such as development. preservation and marketing).
handling, Improving skills and Presence of infrastructure/facilities.
processing, knowledge of good product
storing and handling from processing
trading. practices to supply chain
actors.
Develop strategies to reduce
post-harvest loss along the
fisheries value chain.
Reducing the post-harvest
loss by opening up off-shore
facilities.
Support Fisheries value
chains affected by climate
change e.g.
coolers/insulated containers
to improve the conservation

115
 of fish products.

Operational objective 6: Enhance social services for sustainable development of fisheries sector.
6.1 Basic social Fishing community family Promoting social services in Schools constructed for fishing There are no basic 2022 – USD MLF, LGAs,
services, access clean water and fishing camps and villages. communities. services such as school 2029 750,000 Ministry of
including clean their children attend and clean water in Health,
water supply schools. fishing communities’ Education,
and schools camps/villages. Finance,
are available in CSOs,
Clean water facilities available in
fishing CFMAs and
fishing communities.
communities BMUs.
staying in
remote areas
on isolated
islands.

GRAND TOTAL USD

65,355,000

116
CHAPTER 9 CHAPTER 9

9.0 IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING, EVALUATION AND

REVIEW OF THE FSMP
9.1 Implementation Arrangements
The Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries is responsible for implementing the
Fisheries Sector Master Plan (FSMP), along with the principal stakeholders.
Specifically, in order to speed up the implementation of this master plan,
there shall be a committee responsible for it.

It should also be noted that the successful implementation of this master

plan will depend on effective collaboration and coordination amongst the key
stakeholders, including the government, donors, NGOs, development
partners and all Tanzanians.

It is anticipated that the Fisheries Division, which is responsible for

coordinating and implementing this master plan will mobilize resources and
prepare a more detailed implementation action plan. The plan will, among
other things, show in detail the activities/actions needed to realize the
outputs and outcomes, and charge the committee with the task of steering
its implementation. The activities related to this plan will be implemented
through the annual implementation plan, developed projects and
programmes.

9.2 Monitoring and Evaluation

Monitoring and evaluation systems will be built to provide feedback on how
successful the implementation of the FSMP is. The systems may also help
to identify emerging threats and needs of the sector. Thus, a proper
monitoring system has been built to measure progress and demonstrate the
impact of the FSMP on both management and development. Such a system
gives feedback to the implementers, that is, if the efforts made have a
positive or negative impact on the implementation of the FSMP. In most
cases, such feedback helps to know effective strategies for further
implementation as well as ineffective strategies that should be dropped or
adjusted. Therefore, for better implementation of the FSMP a detailed
monitoring and evaluation plan has been developed.

The FSMP matrix provides the basis for monitoring and evaluating the plan
with respect to the baseline and outputs/outcomes. The monitoring and
evaluation mechanism also provides a clear direction for the ongoing
implementation of this master plan. Through monitoring and evaluation, the
FSMP will be a living document as it focuses on the higher-level outcomes
expected from the fisheries sector (the goals, objectives and results) for the
fifteen-year period, i.e., from 2021 to 2036. Monitoring and evaluation will
also provide indicators that could be used to measure progress. A

117
 comprehensive evaluation and review process will be undertaken by
external agents in 2036 or thereabouts. The Fisheries Division and the
Department of Policy and Planning will develop an annual work plan, which
will be used to guide implementation and reporting on the activities done in
a year. The Division’s annual work plan will be drawn from the activities in
the master plan for each year. It is important to observe the types of targets
envisaged as well as the timeframe and resources provided for carrying out
a specific activity.

9.2.1 Monitoring
The Committee will be responsible for monitoring the implementation of the
FSMP. It will periodically/regularly audit and monitor the implementation.
The Policy and Planning Department is supposed to prepare a master plan
monitoring programme and reporting guidelines for all the officers doing
various activities/projects related to the FSMP.

9.2.2 Evaluation
There will be two types of evaluations of the FSMP, namely internal
evaluation and external evaluation. Internal evaluations will be carried out
once every five years using internal evaluators who are responsible for
implementing the FSMP. External evaluations will involve both mid-term and
terminal evaluations; the former will be done after seven and a half years
and the latter at the end of the FSMP period. Both evaluations will use
external evaluators. One of the roles of the Committee will be to prepare
detailed terms of reference (ToRs) to guide the evaluations. The ToRs will
include (i) the subject of evaluation, (ii) technical skills and experience of
those evaluating the master plan, (iii) the methodology to be used in data
collection, sampling procedures and indicators and (iv) data analysis and
evaluation of the achievements and failures.

Both internal and external evaluations will have similar Terms of Reference
(ToRs) focusing on the following aspects:
(i) achievement of the set objectives and target outcomes of the FSMP;
(ii) reasons for the success or failure of specific aspects of the FSMP;
(iii) contribution of the master plan to a better fulfilment of the Mission
and Vision of the fisheries sector;
(iv) adequacy of the resources being mobilized to implement the FSMP;
(v) how efficient the resources were used to achieve the set objectives;
(vi) the challenges and problems encountered during the implementation
of the FSMP; and
(vii) the lessons learnt and experience gained from implementing the
FSMP.

The selection and engagement of internal and external evaluators will be

done by the relevant Permanent Secretary in collaboration with the Director
of Fisheries and the Director of Policy and Planning. The evaluation report

118
will be shared with various stakeholders for their comments and advice on
the way forward.

9.3 Periodic Review of the FSMP

Since the FSMP is not a static document, there will be regular reviews to
gauge if it is delivering the outcomes (adaptive management). Therefore, it
will be reviewed from time to time, at least every five years, with regular
monitoring. The reviews will be done in a transparent and consultative
manner to incorporate the views and concerns of different stakeholders.

119
 CHAPTER 10
CHAPTER 10

10.0 CONCLUSIONS

The FSMP (2021/22–2036/37) provides a strategic framework for the long-

term management and sustainable development of the sector, and an
opportunity for the sector leaders to look ahead, adopt a new vision and
directions, set goals and map out plans for the future. It is intended to
improve the management and development of the fisheries sector and to
increase food security, employment opportunities, economic growth and
wealth through poverty alleviation and by safeguarding the environment.
This FSMP also acts as a reminder of what the Ministry of Livestock and
Fisheries and its stakeholders have agreed to accomplish within the
specified period. It is meant to provide guidance to anyone intending to work
with or in the fisheries sector in mainland Tanzania, including potential
investors, donors, development partners and NGOs.

It is anticipated that the FSMP will be implemented well to attain its

objectives, which focus on various issues related to the sector such as food
security, poverty alleviation, management, governance, the blue economy,
and industrial and sustainable development in the interests of human and
ecological wellbeing. There are also positive signs of voluntary
implementation of the plan, since various stakeholders were involved in its
development. Their involvement created a sense of shared ownership and
commitment among them that may bode well for the plan.

120
REFERENCES
REFERENCES

AU-IBAR. 2016. Fisheries Management and Development Processes in

Lake Tanganyika: Enhancing the Fisheries Management Plan. AU-
IBAR Reports. AU-IBAR, Nairobi, Kenya. Also available at:
https://gi_20170218_tanganyika_assessment_report_en (2) pdf

Chande, M.A., Kimirei, I.A., Igulu, M.M., Kuguru, B., Kayanda, R.,
Mwakosya, C., Kangwe, S.J., Sululu, J. & Ulotu, E. (2019).
Assessment of the impacts of artisanal fishing gears on near shore
fish stocks along coastal waters off the Kilwa – Mafia seascape in
Tanzania. Regional Studies in Marine Science 27(3).
DOI:10.1016/j.rsma.2019.100531

FAO. 1995. Code of Conduct for Responsible Fisheries. Rome: FAO. 41p.
Also available at: http://www.fao.org/3/v9878e/V9878E.pdf

FAO. 1997. FAO Technical Guidelines for Responsible Fisheries No. 4:

Fisheries Management. Rome, FAO, 82p.

FAO. 1999. International Plan of Action for Reducing Incidental Catch of

Seabirds in Longline Fisheries. International Plan of Action for the
Conservation and Management of Sharks. International Plan of
Action for the Management of Fishing Capacity. Rome: FAO, 26p.
Also available at: http://www.fao.org/3/X3170E/X3170E00.htm

FAO. 2003. Fish Stock Assessment Manual. FAO Fisheries Technical Paper
No. 393. Rome: FAO, 161p.

FAO. 2007. FAO, Fishery Country Profile. National Fishery Sector

Overview. The United Republic of Tanzania. FID/CP/URT, 70p.

FAO. 2012. The FAO Voluntary Guidelines on the Responsible Governance

of Tenure of Land, Fisheries and Forests.

FAO. 2014. Voluntary Guidelines for Securing Sustainable Small Scale

Fisheries in the Context of Food Security and Poverty Eradication.
Rome: FAO. Also available at: http://www.fao.org/3/a-i4356en.pdf

FAO. 2016. The State of World Fisheries and Aquaculture 2016:

Contributing to Food Security and Nutrition for all. Rome, FAO,
200p.

FAO. 2018.The State of World Fisheries and Aquaculture: Contributing to

food Security and Nutrition for all. Rome: FAO.

121
 FAO. 2020. The State of World Fisheries and Aquaculture: Sustainability in
Action. Rome: FAO.

FAO. 2021. Fishery and Aquaculture Statistics. Global production by

production source 1950-2019 (FishstatJ). In: FAO Fisheries Division
[online]. Rome. Updated 2021.
www.fao.org/fishery/statistics/software/fishstatj/en
Igulu, M. Kishe, M. Luomba, J. Kuguru, B. Kayanda, R. Kangwe, J. &
Ngatunga B. 2014. Baseline study on socio-economic benefits of
artisanal tuna and tuna like fishery in Tanzania. Tanzania Fisheries
Research Institute, Box 9750 Dar es Salaam, Tanzania. WWF
Publications.
Luomba, J. Saleh, M. & Mlahagwa, E. 2013. An Assessment of the socio-
economic status of fishers’ communities in Lake Victoria, Tanzania
in relation to poverty. International Journal of Research in Fisheries
and Aquaculture, 23(3): 98-102.

LTA. 2015. Lake Tanganyika Authority, Regional Plan of Action for the
Management of Fishing Capacity in Lake Tanganyika. (RPOA-
Capacity) LTA, Bujumbura.

LVFO. 2007. LVFO Regional Plan of Action for the Management of Fishing
Capacity in Lake Victoria (RPOA-Capacity). Jinja: Lake Victoria
Fisheries Organization, Jinja.

LVFO. 2016. Stock Assessment Report: Report on Regional Stock

Assessment Meeting. Lake Victoria Environmental Management
Project – Phase II (LVEMP-II). Entebbe: LVFO.

LVFO. 2019. A Report of the Lake-wide Hydro-Acoustic Survey for Lake

Victoria. Hydro Acoustic Regional Working Group in collaboration
with GIZ.

Mgaya, Y.D. & Mahongo, S.B. (Editors). 2017. Lake Victoria Fisheries
Resources: Research and Management in Tanzania. Monographiae
Biologicae 93, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-69656-0. Cham:
Springer, 287p.

National Bureau of Statistics. 2019. Tanzania in Figures – 2018 Booklet.

Dodoma, URT. Also available at
https://nbs.go.tz/nbs/takwimu/reference/Tanzania_in_figures_2018.p
df.

Somanje, C. 2016. Profitability and Post-harvest loss assessment along fish

value chain associated with Barotse Floodplain, Zambia. A Thesis
in completion of Master of Science degree at Jomo Kenyata
University of Agriculture and Technology, Nairobi, Kenya.

122
TAFIRI. 2017. Report on Lake Victoria Catch Assessment Survey for
September, 2017. TAFIRI Regional Working Group Report.

TAFIRI. 2017. Report on Fish biomass of different water bodies (on

Tanzanian side).

UK/SADC. 1995. The Fishery Potential and Productivity of the Pelagic Zone
of Lake Malawi/Niassa: Scientific Report of the UK/SADC Pelagic
Fish Resource Assessment Project, 1991–1995.

UNCLOS. 1982. United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea.

Available at
https://www.un.org/Depts/los/convention_agreements/texts/unclos/u
nclos_e.pdf.

URT. 1996. The Local Government Reform Agenda 1996–2000. The United
Republic of Tanzania. Prime Minister’s Office. Local Government
Reform Component, Civil Service Reform Secretariat Civil Service
Department. President Office’s Office. Dar es salaam, URT, 73p.

URT. 1998. The Local Government Reform Programme: Policy Paper on

Local Government Reform. Dar es Salaam: URT.

URT. 2007. United Republic of Tanzania, National Adaptation Programme

of Action. Vice President’s Office, Division of Environment, January
2007. Dar es Salaam: URT.

URT. 2017. United Republic of Tanzania, National Economic Survey, 2017.

Ministry of Finance and Planning. Dodoma: URT.

URT. 2018. United Republic of Tanzania, National Economic Survey, 2018.

Ministry of Finance and Planning. Dodoma: URT.

URT. 2020. United Republic of Tanzania. Hotuba ya Waziri wa Mifugo na

Uvuvi Mhe. Luhaga Joelson Mpina (MB) kuhusu Makadirio ya
Mapato na Matumizi ya Fedha ya Wizara ya Mifugo na Uvuvi kwa
Mwaka 2020/202. Dodoma: URT.

URT. 2021. National Plan of Action for Implementation of Voluntary

Guidelines on Securing Sustainable SSF in the Context of Food
Security and Poverty eradication (NPoA-SSF) Karljamen Publishers.

World Bank. 2020. Tanzania Overview. Available at

https://www.worldbank.org/en/country/tanzania/overview. Accessed
on 3rd July 2021.

123
 PART II
AQUACULTURE

124
CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 1

1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Background of the New Fisheries Master Plan
In 2002, the Government of Tanzania introduced its first Fisheries Master
Plan (FMP), which was phased out in 2015. This FMP (2002–2015) was
developed with financial support from the Japanese International
Cooperation Agency (JICA). It was aimed at ensuring proper development
of Tanzania’s fisheries sector. In the previous master plan, more emphasis
was placed on capture fisheries and on a few cross-cutting issues; the most
important aspects of aquaculture development were left out. A good
example is the inclusion of only one programme on aquaculture extension in
the first FMP. The new FMP was developed following the expiration of the
first FMP in 2015. In the new FMP (2021–2036) most of the issues relating
to the development of aquaculture in the country will be fully addressed. The
main purpose of this new master plan, which will last for 15 years, i.e. 2021–
2036, is to provide overall guidance on sustainable management and
development of fisheries and aquaculture in mainland Tanzania. The
development of the new master plan (aquaculture) was guided by the
principles of the Ecosystem Approach to Aquaculture (EAA). The principles
of the EAA require the participation of stakeholders along the entire
aquaculture value chain and from other related sectors. The EAA also uses
an integrated approach that allows for trade-offs when one is balancing the
human (socio-economic) well-being and the ecological (fish and
environment) well-being through good governance (legal and institutional
framework).

The new master plan is an instrument for implementing the National

Fisheries Policy of 2015 for improved fisheries governance and
management so that there is sustainable development of the sector. The
plan is a link to other national strategies and reforms for securing national
and household food and nutritional security, reducing poverty, creating
employment and improving the livelihoods of the fishing communities.
Ultimately its aim is to contribute to the realization of the Sustainable
Development Goals 1 & 2.

1.2 Justification and Rationale

The government afforded aquaculture development a higher priority status
in the Tanzania Development Vision (TDV) 2025, the Agricultural Sector
Development Programme phase II (ASDP II) and Five-Year Development
Plan (FYDP, 2021/22–2025/26). ASDP II and FYDP III were developed to
propel the country’s economic development and to guide the implementation
of the prioritized interventions so that aquaculture can contribute to the

125
 achievement of the goals of TDV 2025. Under FYDP III, the development of
aquaculture is considered as one of the key interventions for deepening
industrialization and improving and expanding social service provision in the
country. It emphasizes the transformation of aquaculture through the
modernization of the sub-sector and investment in support of infrastructure
and facilities, including the promotion of commercial aquaculture production
and of research-extension-aquafarmer linkages. Within the framework of the
National Fisheries Policy of 2015, this master plan is a comprehensive plan
for strategic development of aquaculture in mainland Tanzania for the period
from 2021 to 2036. It is aimed at making sure that aquaculture is developed
in mainland Tanzania to increase productivity for the purpose of achieving
sustainable national food security and nutrition, farmers’ income and
economic development. It is expected that this master plan will facilitate:
i) long-term, sustainable development of the aquaculture sub-sector;
ii) mobilization of resources for the development of aquaculture;
iii) the effectiveness of the Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries (MLF)
and other key stakeholders in enhancing the profile, performance
and impact of aquaculture; and
iv) compliance of mainland Tanzania with the requirements of the
African Union (AU), East African Community (EAC) and its organs,
Southern African Development Community (SADC), and
international agreements related to the aquaculture sub-sector.

This master plan focuses on freshwater and marine (mariculture)

aquaculture, including the relevant cross-cutting issues.

1.2.2 Trade and market demand for farmed aquatic organisms

Tanzania has the potential to develop aquaculture, since both domestic and
foreign market opportunities are available. The country can potentially sell
large quantities of fish mainly because of the fast-growing population and
the increased purchasing power. Likewise, the increase in population at a
higher rate than the fish supply is a key factor for the increase in the
demand for fish, which may most likely attract an increase in fish prices over
time. Aquaculture products include species with high value such as prawns
which have high potential of being exported abroad. Regarding market
differentiation, the local market has three main segments, namely low-
income, middle-income and high-income consumers. The low-income group
prefers small-sized whole fish and small portions of a bigger fish, which
enables them to buy one fish or a piece of a bigger fish sufficient for
domestic consumption. On the other hand, the middle-income group prefers
small to medium-sized whole fish, while the high-income group prefers big
fish. The high-income group often includes restaurants or high-end
butcheries.

The current market price of farmed tilapia, which is the most common
farmed fish species in Tanzania, is about TZS 7,000 to 9,000/kg (USD 3.45

126
to 3.88). This price is more than twice that of tilapia in Egypt, i.e. USD 1.45-
1.50/kg. Egypt is the largest market in Africa. The fish farming value chain in
Tanzania also consists of middlemen who buy fish from farmers at a farm
gate price of around TZS 6,000/kg (USD 2.59). It is anticipated that the
expansion of aquaculture in Tanzania will involve large aquaculture farms,
which will bypass the middleman and be able to supply fish directly to
consumers. This will be possible if the inputs that are most important to the
development of aquaculture are made available. This is one of the main
areas on which the new FMP (Aquaculture) focuses. The inputs include
feed, which is the most expensive component of operating costs in
aquaculture. Tanzania has most of the key ingredients for fish feed-making
formulations compared to countries such as Egypt, which imports most of
the ingredients. For example, in Kenya the cost of fish feed is around USD
0.97/kg fish. It is most likely that the cost of fish feed production in Tanzania
may be like that of Kenya. The cost of feed is around 65% of the total
production costs. Total production cost in Kenya therefore, is around USD
1.49 per kilo of fish produced.

1.3 Methodology
1.3.1 Towards the development of the Fisheries Master Plan
(Aquaculture)
The fisheries master plan (aquaculture) is an outcome of several processes
and the culmination of the government’s review of its first fisheries master
plan (FMP, 2002–2015). The review was done concurrently with the
preparation of a new fisheries master plan. The review of the first fisheries
master plan identified key strategic actions and included them in the new
fisheries master plan. The new master plan, which will last for 15 years, will
serve as a road map and provide direction for the sustainable development
of aquaculture. Prior to the development of the new master plan, the
government prepared a baseline report on the status of the fisheries and
aquaculture industry in the country. The baseline report provided the status
of biomass, a description of the marine and inland capture fisheries trends,
aquaculture production, the economic importance of the fisheries, fisheries
management, training in fisheries-related issues, research and extension
services. The other areas covered included fisheries and aquaculture
infrastructure; fish and fishery products; quality assurance and standards;
market analysis; monitoring, control and surveillance; and opportunities and
challenges in the fisheries and aquaculture sector in the country. The
baseline study also involved a SWOC (strengths, weaknesses, opportunities
and challenges) analysis for the development of aquaculture. The results of
the analysis were used in developing the new fisheries master plan.

The baseline report was validated and adopted by principal stakeholders in

a series of zonal workshops that were held in Mwanza, Mbeya and Tanga.
The workshops attracted representatives of stakeholders from different parts

127
 of the country such as areas around Lake Victoria, Tanganyika and Nyasa,
small water bodies, and the coastal areas of the Indian Ocean. During the
zonal workshops the participants identified 17 potential issues, prioritized
them and developed operational objectives. Thereafter, key interventions
were formulated for the operational objectives developed from all 17 issues
that had been identified. The interventions were then prioritized at a
workshop attended by key stakeholders. The issues and their operational
objectives are presented in Section 6 of this master plan.

A situation analysis was also done by reviewing the relevant literature to

identify the potential and opportunities to develop aquaculture and the key
environmental types, production systems and cultural organisms. All these
are also presented in this document. To put Tanzania’s aquaculture in
context, a global and regional perspective of the development and
production of aquaculture was also reviewed; it is also presented in this
plan. The preparation of this master plan also benefitted from some cross-
cutting issues that were identified in Tanzania’s National Plan of Action for
the Implementation of the Voluntary Guidelines for Securing Sustainable
Small-scale Fisheries–NPoA-SSF (URT, 2020). The key conclusions and
specific recommendations are presented at the end of this master plan and
in the executive summary.

1.3.2 Ecosystem Approach to Aquaculture

The fisheries master plan (aquaculture) was prepared in a participatory
manner using the Ecosystem Approach to Aquaculture (EAA). The EAA was
used to implement the principles of sustainable development. The EAA is a
“strategy for the integration of the activity within the wider ecosystem such
that it promotes sustainable development, equity, and resilience of
interlinked social-ecological systems” (FAO, 2010). The basis of this
strategy lies in stakeholders’ participation in the preparation of the master
plan. A shift from a conventional way of doing things to the EAA is depicted
in Figure 1. The EAA is an integrated approach that strikes a balance
between human (socio-economic) well-being and the ecological (fish and
environment) well-being through good governance (legal and institutional
framework, and infrastructure). It involves a broader set of objectives and a
more participatory, precautionary and adaptive process.

The EAA builds on the conceptual framework formulated to develop the

Ecosystem Approach to Fisheries (EAF; FAO, 2003, 2005) which has three
main objectives within a hierarchical tree framework. The objectives are:
i) ensuring human well-being;
ii) ensuring ecological well-being; and
iii) facilitating the achievement of effective governance of the
sector/areas where aquaculture is practised and has the potential to
develop.

128
The EAA utilizes the principles of sustainable development and under the
EAA, the word “sustainable” includes socio-economic considerations and
their interaction with ecological ones. In other words, under the EAA, both
the social and biophysical or ecological dimensions of ecosystems are
closely linked, which means that a disruption of one system is most likely to
cause a disruption or change in the other.

Figure 1: Transition from a conventional approach to an ecosystems

approach to aquaculture

S
o
u
r
c
e
:

F
A
O
,

2
0
1
0
Source: FAO, 2010

1.3.3Analysis of strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and

challenges (SWOC)
SWOC affecting fisheries and aquaculture in the mainland Tanzania are as
indicated in section 7.2 of part one of this Master Plan.

129
 CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 2
2.0 BRIEF OVERVIEW OF AQUACULTURE
2.1 Global Overview (Scale, Diversity and Recent Profile of
Aquaculture)
Worldwide, aquaculture was a growing, vibrant and important sector for
producing high protein food. In 2018, the global production of fish from
aquaculture, including finfishes, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic
animals for human consumption, reached 114.5 million tonnes, live weight,
with a farm gate sale of USD 263.6 billion (FAO, 2020). The total production
of fish through aquaculture was 82.1 million tonnes of aquatic animals, 32.4
million tonnes of aquatic algae and 26,000 tonnes of ornamental seashells
and pearls (FAO, 2020).

Freshwater aquaculture production of aquatic animals stood at 51.3 million

tonnes in 2018, which was 62.5 percent of the world’s farmed food fish
production (FAO, 2020). Mariculture and coastal aquaculture production of
aquatic animals in 2018 stood at 30.8 million tonnes. Asia has been the
biggest producer of fish, worldwide, in the last two decades or so. Its
production of farmed aquatic animals stood at 89 percent. Among the major
producing countries, Egypt, Chile, India, Indonesia, Vietnam, Bangladesh
and Norway have consolidated their share in regional or world fish
production to varying degrees over the past two decades. Globally, about
20.53 million people were employed in aquaculture; women comprised 19
percent of the total workforce.

Over the years, the average annual growth rate of total food fish
consumption has grown at a fast rate of 3.1 percent compared to the annual
population growth rate of 1.6 percent. Per capita fish consumption increased
up to about 20.5 kg in 2018 from 9.0 kg in 1961. Increases in aquaculture
production, technological advancements, rising incomes, reductions in loss
and waste, and increased awareness of the health benefits of fish contribute
to the increase in the consumption of fish worldwide. At the global level, fish
accounted for about 17 percent of total animal protein and 7 percent of all
proteins consumed in 2017. Furthermore, fish provided about 3.3 billion
people with almost 20 percent of their average per capita intake of animal
protein. During this period, the lowest per capita fish consumption was
recorded in Africa, where it peaked at 10.5 kg in 2014, but declined to 9.9 kg
in 2017.

2.2 Development of Aquaculture in Africa

In Africa, fish is a major source of animal protein, minerals and
micronutrients. In Africa, over 200 million people are said to eat fish on a
regular basis (Bene and Heck, 2005). Fish accounts for more than 20% of

130
animal protein supplies in around 20 African countries (FAO, 2017). Egypt,
Nigeria, Uganda and Ghana are the leading aquaculture producers in Africa
(if we do not consider the algae production of Eucheuma denticulatum in
Zanzibar); they contribute about 93% of the total regional fish production
(FAO, 2021; Table 1). Like other continents, Africa has recently experienced
a diet transformation towards an increasing demand for animal protein such
as meat and fish (Zhou and Staatz, 2016). In most countries in sub-Saharan
Africa (SSA), this transformation has led to an increase in the consumption
of fish to about 25-50% (Cai and Leung, 2017). Most of the fish eaten in
many countries in SSA come from inland capture fisheries.

Table 1: Top 10 aquaculture producers in Africa in 2018.

Regional
Production (Africa) share
Country (MT) % Global share %
Egypt 1,641,949 68.55 1.37
Nigeria 289,543 12.09 0.24
Zanzibar 104,635 4.37 0.09
Uganda 102,943 4.30 0.09
Ghana 52,360 2.19 0.04
Zambia 38,480 1.61 0.03
Tunisia 22,893 0.96 0.02
Kenya 18,950 0.79 0.02
Tanzania,
Mainland 18,013 0.75 0.01
Source: FAO (2021). Fishery and Aquaculture Statistics. Global production
by production source 1950-2019 (FishstatJ). In: FAO Fisheries Division
[online]. Rome. Updated 2021.
www.fao.org/fishery/statistics/software/fishstatj/en

The contribution of aquaculture production from Africa to the total global

aquaculture production in 2019 was at around 2,395 million tonnes; this
represented about 1.99% (FAO, 2021). Despite the low contribution of
African aquaculture to the global aquaculture, this sub-sector has shown an
increasing trend over time (Figure 2). It is noteworthy that in the last decade,
aquaculture production in Africa has grown at an average of 8.28 percent,
the global production of aquaculture has grown at 5.3 percent a year (FAO,
2020). In SSA, in particular, the production of tilapia, which is the most
important farmed species, has, in the last decade, grown at 15 percent
annually, compared to 10 percent globally (Ragasa et al., 2018). However,
the annual per capita fish consumption of around 8.5 kg is still lower than
the global levels of 20.5 kg.

131
 Figure 2: Aquaculture Production Trends in Africa.

Source: FAO. 2021. Fishery and Aquaculture Statistics. Global production

by production source 1950-2019 (FishstatJ). In: FAO Fisheries Division
[online]. Rome. Updated
2021.www.fao.org/fishery/statistics/software/fishstatj/en

In 2018, about 386,000 people were employed in aquaculture activities

throughout Africa with the majority of those employed being women (FAO,
2020). Mostly, women do post-harvest and marketing activities in the
aquaculture value chain. This employment opportunity means that
aquaculture has the potential to play a major role in contributing to food
security, economic development and unemployment reduction in Africa.

Strengthening infrastructure is an important strategy for developing

aquaculture. Some African countries have invested in capacity building and
infrastructure development for aquaculture. The development of better
infrastructure such as roads, physical markets, fish storage facilities,
equipment and communication services has contributed to considerable
growth of aquaculture in several countries, including those in SSA. They
include Angola, Ghana, Mozambique, Nigeria, Uganda and Tanzania.
However, in other sub-Saharan African countries the growth of aquaculture
has been slowed down by lack of high quality inputs and markets (Tacon
and Metian, 2009; Tacon et al., 2010). The initiatives undertaken by the

132
government include creating an enabling business environment by taking
steps such as expediting, coordinating and adopting policy reforms to create
a conducive environment for aquaculture to thrive as a business opportunity
(Satia, 2011). Several African countries have developed and adopted
aquaculture-centred policies and strategic frameworks to guide the
development of aquaculture (Machena and Moehl, 2001).

Soft credits and incentives are provided in some African countries. Initiatives
have been undertaken to conduct research on aquaculture in Africa.
Specifically, the research focuses on species characterization, selective
breeding and low-cost diet production (Satia, 2011). Fast aquaculture
technology transfer via farmer-to-farmer pathways and through the on-the-
farm participatory research approach using model farms and private
enterprises managed under the auspices of the Special Programme for
Aquaculture Development in Africa (SPADA) has been witnessed in some
sub-Saharan African (SSA) countries (Cocker, 2014). However, extension
services are generally inadequate and weak; therefore, there is a pressing
need to develop and strengthen the links between research and
development (Satia, 2011). Emphasis has also been placed on supporting
private sector-led production and delivery of major aquaculture inputs such
as seeds and feed. Some countries have also established feed
manufacturing plants and aquaculture equipment distribution centres (Koge
et al., 2018). Other initiatives include the formation of aquaculture
associations for information transfer, knowledge exchange and facilitation of
aquaculture-related activities (Satia, 2017). Likewise, in some countries
support service delivery, economies of scale, reduction of transaction costs
and competitiveness have been facilitated by aquafarmers’ clusters (Satia,
2017).

The constraints on the broader growth of aquaculture in the region have

been discussed in detail by several authors (see, for example, Brummett et
al., 2008). They include poor aquaculture development policies, few fish
farming traditions, lack of enough and quality seeds, feed and technical
advice, poor market infrastructure and access and inadequate research and
extension services. Other reasons include limited coordination of research
and development, and inaccessibility of capital. A weak policy that impedes
the development of aquaculture; the policy emphasizes central planning
over private-sector initiatives, thereby contributing to the under-development
of aquaculture (Brummett et al., 2008). Thus, in order for aquaculture to
make a significant contribution to the development of the continent,
government policy should be geared to eliminating the main constraints and
promoting commercial investments.

2.3 Development of Aquaculture in Tanzania

Tanzania has enormous potential and opportunities to develop aquaculture
as Section 4.1 of Chapter 4 of this master plan shows. However, the

133
 production of fish in capture fisheries and aquaculture reflects a typical
global trend. Whereas fish production in capture fisheries has almost
stagnated since 1990, aquaculture has been on a steady rise since 1970
(Figure 3). The recent aquaculture production data from the Ministry of
Livestock and Fisheries (MLF) shows a similar growing trend (Figure 4).
This is an encouraging trend, given the need for more fish in the future due
to population growth, increase of income resulting in more animal protein in
the diet. The increased demand for fish is coupled with the fact that there is
no likely expectation of much growth of fish from capture fisheries (most of
the fish stocks are exploited at, or over their MSY). Hence, the needed
increase of fish supply will have to come from aquaculture. Therefore, the
government is committed to making efforts to promote the development of
aquaculture in the country. The government’s efforts will mostly be focused
on the commercialization of aquaculture through public-private partnerships.

Figure 3: Fisheries and aquaculture production trends in Tanzania

from 1950 to 2009.
Fisheries Aquaculture
40 4

Aquaculture production (metric tonnes) (x10 4)

Fisheries production (metric tonnes) (x104)

35

30 3

25

20 2

15

10 1

0 0
1970-79

1980-89
1950-59

1960-69

1990-99

2000-09

Year

Source: FAO Statistics, 2012

134
Figure 4: Aquaculture production trends in Tanzania

Data Source: Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries.

The current total annual fish production in Tanzania (freshwater and marine)
is around 473,592 metric tonnes/year. These metric tonnes of fish are worth
2.38 trillion shillings which is equivalent to USD 1.03 billion. Aquaculture
contributes 18,717 metric tonnes/year. These metric tonnes of fish are worth
149.7 billion shillings which is equivalent to USD 642,820.18, which is
equivalent to about 3.95% of total fish production (URT, 2020/2021). In
Tanzania, aquaculture mostly produces Nile tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus)
and, to some extent, the African sharptooth catfish (Clarias gariepinus) as
well. Most of the freshwater fish come from pond farming, which is followed
by cage farming. The production from these aquaculture systems, which is
available to local communities, cannot meet demand. Thus, aquaculture is
expected to fill the ever-widening gap between demand and supply. The
development of aquaculture will increase the supply of fish in Tanzania and
will have other socio-economic benefits to the society, besides reducing
fishing pressure on natural waters.

135
 CHAPTER 3
CHAPTER 3

3.0 POLICY, LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK

Aquaculture is under the administrative jurisdiction of mainland Tanzania.
Aquaculture activities fall under the Department of Aquaculture
Development which is currently in the Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries.
Therefore, the following are the key policy, laws and regulations related to
its management:

3.1 Policy Framework

3.1.1 National Fisheries Policy of 2015
The review of the Fisheries Policy and Strategy Statement of 1997 was
concluded in 2015 when the National Fisheries Policy of 2015 was adopted.
The overall objective of this policy is to develop a robust, competitive and
efficient fisheries sector that contributes to food security and nutrition,
national economic growth and improvement of the well-being of
stakeholders of the fisheries sector, while at the same time conserving the
environment. The policy is used as an instrument for achieving the vision of
the sector that is, building a progressive fisheries sector, which is
economically, socially and environmentally sustainable.

3.1.2 National Water Policy of 2002

The main objective of this policy is to develop a comprehensive framework
for sustainable development and management of the country’s water
resources. There will also be an effective legal and institutional framework
for implementing the policy. The policy is intended to ensure that
beneficiaries, including those who have invested in aquaculture, participate
fully in planning, construction, operation, maintenance and management of
community-based domestic water supply schemes.

3.1.3 National Biotechnology Policy of 2010

The general objective of this policy is to ensure that Tanzania has the
capacity and capability to get the benefits arising from the application of
biotechnology in the health, agricultural, industrial and environmental
sectors, while at the same time protecting and sustaining the safety of the
people and the environment. Therefore, the National Fisheries Research
Agenda will be implemented to achieve the objective of the National
Biotechnology Policy of 2010.

3.1.4 National Aquaculture Strategy (NADS) 2018–2025

The goal of NADS is to reduce poverty and unemployment, and increase
income and food security. Its overall objective is to promote the
development of aquaculture, which is socio-economically and
environmentally sustainable.

136
3.2 Legal Framework
3.2.1 Fisheries Act No. 22 of 2003
The micro- and macro-economic policy changes, new challenges and
opportunities for developing aquaculture have necessitated review of
Fisheries Act No. 22 of 2003 and its principal Regulations of 2009. Mostly,
the law regulates the development of fisheries, but it has a few clauses that
regulate aquaculture.

3.2.2 Tanzania Fisheries Research Institute (TAFIRI) Act No. 11 of

2016
Tanzania Fisheries Research Institute Act No. 11 of 2016 authorises the
Tanzania Fisheries Research Institute to carry out research on fisheries and
aquaculture in all the water bodies. The purpose is to obtain scientific
information and research findings which will inform and guide the
management of fisheries resources and aquaculture. The institute conducts
a wide range of studies on aquatic ecosystems and biodiversity; aquaculture
technologies and fish farming systems; fish and fishery products quality,
standards and marketing; climate change and the environment; socio-
economics; and marketing. TAFIRI has a centre in Dar es Salaam, Mwanza,
Kigoma and Kyela, and a sub-station in Sota. Each centre is responsible for
conducting research in the water bodies concerned.

3.2.3 Marine Parks and Reserves Act No. 29 of 1994

The law is aimed at integrating conservation, management and sustainable
use of the fisheries resources. Considering that wild fish are potential
sources of broodstock for aquaculture, the law contains provisions on the
protection, productivity and biological diversity of coastal and aquatic
ecosystems through prevention of the destruction of habitats, protection of
the fragile ecosystems, pollution prevention and control, and over-
exploitation control.

3.2.4 National Environmental Management Act No. 20 of 2004

This act has provisions on environmental management and planning,
environmental impact assessment (EIA), strategic environmental
assessment (SEA), pollution prevention and control, waste management,
compliance with the act and its enforcement.

3.2.5 Tanzania Bureau of Standards Act No. 2 of 2009

The Bureau was established to strengthen the support to institutional
infrastructure for the industrial and commercial sectors of the economy.
Specifically, TBS is mandated to take measures to control the quality of
products of all types and to promote standardization in the industrial and
commercial sectors. The law was amended in 2019 so that the Bureau
could regulate food and cosmetics, which previously fell within the mandate

137
 of Tanzania Foods and Drugs Authority (TFDA). TBS now regulates the
registration of food and cosmetic products, the licensing of premises, import
and export activities, inspection of premises, disposal of unfit products,
recall of products from the market, post marketing surveillance, surveillance
of food-borne diseases and control of advertisements. Therefore,
aquaculture products are regulated by TBS.

3.2.6 Tanzania Revenue Authority Act of 2006

Tanzania Revenue Authority is the body responsible for the assessment and
collection of revenues, enforcing the laws relating to revenues and to
provide for related matters.

3.2 Regional Institutional Frameworks

In addition to the national institutional frameworks, there are regional and
international institutions responsible for coordinating and providing funds for
aquaculture research and management. The institutions include Lake
Victoria Fisheries Organization (LVFO), the Association for Strengthening
Agricultural Research in Eastern and Central Africa (ASARECA) and the
Western Indian Ocean Marine Science Association (WIOMSA).
Other institutions are responsible for providing framework guidance and
identifying the strategic steps to be taken by member states to unlock the
full potential of fisheries and aquaculture for food security, livelihood and
wealth creation. Some of these institutions are the Southern African
Development Community (SADC), the African Union New Partnership for
Africa’s Development (AU-NEPAD), Food and Agriculture Organization
(FAO) of the United Nations and related fisheries and aquaculture
instruments.

138
CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 4
4.0 SITUATION ANALYSIS
4.1 History of the Development of Aquaculture in Tanzania
In Tanzania, modern freshwater aquaculture started in 1949 when the
rainbow trout (Onchorynchus mykiss) was introduced in the northern and
southern highland regions. At the time, the government supported
communities through the provision of fingerlings, as well as technical and
financial assistance. This arrangement continued to the post-independence
period. However, most aquaculture farms collapsed owing to the
government’s failure to provide fingerlings and extension services due to
inadequate personnel and funds. Only a few aquaculture projects such as
those in Ruvuma Region continued to provide the Nile tilapia (Oreochromis
niloticus) fingerlings because they had external technical and financial
assistance. The production of farmed fish is very low because farmers do
extensive production with little or no application of supplementary feed and
because of poor farm management. For example, Ruvuma Region is among
the leading regions in fish farming in the country. It had 3500 ponds with a
total area of less than 370,000 square meters that produce only 400 metric
tonnes of fish annually.

Mariculture, that is the farming of marine organisms, was pioneered by Prof.

Keto Mshigeni by promoting and introducing seaweed farming in the 1970s.
This type of farming started to gain popularity in 1989 when it was taken
over by private investors in Zanzibar, and ever since it has spread along the
coastal regions in the country and in the neighbouring countries. Currently,
seaweed farming employs over 3,000 people, the majority of whom are
women. The farmed species include Eucheuma denticulatum (E. spinosum)
and Kappaphycus alvarezii (E. cottonii) strains imported from the
Philippines. Seaweed cultivation provides significant socio-economic
benefits at community level. In 2012, Tanzania exported about 15,000
metric tonnes of dry, unprocessed seaweed worth USD 6.4 million.

Marine finfish and shellfish farming is another popular type of aquaculture. It

is mostly practised along the Indian Ocean shores in the country. This was
pioneered in 1978 by Prof. Phillip Bwathondi, who did scientific experiments
on the cage culture of rabbit fish (Siganus sutor). This was followed by
integrated mariculture pond systems of finfish, milkfish (Chanos chanos)
and mullet (Mugil sp.); and shellfish (Pinctada and Pteria spp. (pearl
oysters)), cockles (Anadara antiquata) and mussels (Mytilus sp.). This
paved the way for the implementation of several pilot projects in shellfish
and pearl farming, milkfish and mullet in Zanzibar. The provision of
extension services has made pond farming spread to all coastal districts
with varying degrees of success. Crab fattening has also been tried in

139
 Tanga, Mafia, Rufiji, Kilwa and Zanzibar. Prawns/shrimps are cultivated in
Mafia.

4.2 Potential Opportunities for Developing Aquaculture in

Tanzania
The production of fish in capture fisheries and aquaculture worldwide
reflects a typical global trend. Whereas the production of fish from capture
fisheries has almost stagnated since 2000, aquaculture has been on a
steady rise since 1970. Despite the existence of unexplainable fish
resources from natural waters, in the last 20 years, fish production in
capture fisheries in Tanzania has ranged from 350,000 to 380,000 metric
tonnes a year (URT 2016). Although production increased to 473,592 metric
tonnes in 2020/21 from 470,309 in 2019/20, this amount is not adequate to
meet the ever-increasing fish demand. The stagnation of fish production
from capture fisheries is mainly caused by over-exploitation of natural
waters, illegal fishing practices, destruction of the aquatic environment and
effects of climate change. By contrast, aquaculture production in Tanzania
has been growing from only 220 metric tonnes in 2000 to about 18,717
metric tonnes in 2020 (URT, 2020/2021). Thus, concerted efforts will be
made to increase the sub-sector’s contribution to overall fish production.

The country has great potential to develop aquaculture. This potential

includes basic physical requirements for developing aquaculture, including
much land and water. The country has suitable soils and temperature,
reliable sources of water, suitable cultured fish species and ingredients for
making feed. It is estimated that about 58,000 and 64,300 km2 of land are
suitable for fresh and marine aquaculture, respectively. The land available
for developing aquaculture is equivalent to over 30% of the total land area in
Tanzania (URT, 1997). The areas neighbouring major lakes of Victoria,
Tanganyika and Nyasa are suitable for doing aquaculture activities. There
are also several small water bodies such as man-made dams that could be
used to do cage and/or pond aquaculture. The country also has several
permanent rivers and wetlands that are suitable for the development of
aquaculture. Estimates also show that about 5.8% of the total land surface
(5,439,000 ha) is covered by lakes and swamps. The total inland water area
covers nearly 62,000 km2,which is around 6.5 % of the total land area. The
major lakes alone cover about 7% of the country’s land surface area. Cage
culture can also be practised in the Indian Ocean. The areas suitable for
cage aquaculture development under Tanzanian sovereignty are shown in
Table 2below. The presence of water bodies in the country makes it
possible to practise different aquaculture production systems such as pond,
cage culture and re-circulating aquaculture (RAS). Assessment of these
areas need to be made to establish the carrying capacity of the water bodies
to allow development of spatial management plan.

140
 Table 2: Potential areas for cage aquaculture in Tanzania.

Water Body Area (in km2)

Lake Victoria 35,088
Lake Tanganyika 13,489
Lake Nyasa 5,760
Lake Rukwa 3,000
Lake Eyasi 1,000
Smaller water bodies 1,000

Generally, natural resources (water, land and climate) suitable for the
development of aquaculture are available in mainland Tanzania where
about 90% of land mass is suitable for commercial fish farming (Aguilar-
Manjarrez and Nath, 1998). Despite the presence of such natural resources,
this sub-sector has not attained major development mainly because of
inadequate affordable quality seeds and feeds, a high price of industrial
feeds, inadequate technical knowledge among farmers, unreliable financial
capital, a weak data collection system and lack of business skills.

Despite the available potential market assessment there is a need to

determine the market and business skills which includes the price of fish
and where the fish can be sold to establish the demand for fish and the
amount the market would absorb need to be determined. Likewise, a
business plan to determine the profitability of the operations, with a high
return on investment will be done. This will enable people appreciate the
profitability of the sector/operation so that they can join the sector, and make
their investments. It is crucial also that business skills need to be added to
the skills of potential farmers, so that they can make an informed decision
on whether or not they can invest in the sector.

4.3 Key Environmental Types and Production Systems

Currently, pond farming is the most important fish farming system in
mainland Tanzania. Other common farming systems include concrete or
plastic tanks, cages in major lakes and small water bodies, a recirculation
aquaculture system (RAS), raceways and in-pond raceway system (IPRS)
(see Figures 6 and 7 for different production systems). The current average
size of fish ponds is 300 square metres covering a total of 730 ha. This is
based on the prevailing pond management with supplementary feeding and
fertilization without any aeration system. Fish farming is also integrated with
crops and/or animals through an integrated aquaculture-agriculture (IAA)
system to increase farm yields. The distribution of farming systems is
determined by several factors; some of these are the availability of water,
suitable land, and awareness raising on the economic viability of fish
farming.

141
 Figure 5: Pond farming (a) and Cage farming (b).

a b

Figure 6: Tank farming system.

4.4 Suitable Culture Organisms

Several species, both indigenous and exotic, are used as culture organisms
in mainland Tanzania. In mainland Tanzania, freshwater aquaculture is
almost totally dominated by tilapias of the genus Oreochromis, with
Oreochromis niloticus (Linnaeus 1758) becoming the most predominant
culture species. This is due to its proven superior growth compared to the
other freshwater fish species. Other tilapia species farmed include
Mozambique tilapia (O. mossambicus Peters 1852), Zanzibar tilapia (Tilapia
hornorum Trewavas 1966) and rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss
Walbaum 1792, Madalla, 2009). African sharptooth catfish (Clarias

142
gariepinus) is also cultured in monoculture or in polyculture with tilapia
(Figure 8).

Figure 7: Nile tilapia (left) and African sharptooth catfish (right).

The most commonly cultured marine organisms include seaweed species

(Eucheuma spinosum and E. cottonii), prawns (Penaeus monodon), pearl
oysters (Pinctada margaritifera), milkfish (Chanos chanos) and mud crab
(Scylla serrata).

Figure 8: Sea weeds (top left), prawns (top right) and milkfish (bottom).

143
 4.5 Financial Services and Incentives
The government introduced a market-oriented and private sector-driven
National Aquaculture Development Strategy (NADS, 2018), a business-
friendly law (Fisheries Act, 2003) and a free-market economy policy
(Fisheries Policy of 2015). It has also removed either value added tax or
import duty or both from most aquaculture inputs, including:
i) Fish nets for hapas, cages, scoop nets, for fry and harvesting nets);
ii) Formulated fish feed (fry, starter, grower and finisher);
iii) Live feed (algae, rotifers, and artemia cysts);
iv) Hormones for sex reversal and artificial propagation;
v) Aerators (air pumps, air blower, paddle wheel aerators, aspirator
aerators, air diffusers, submersible aerators, vertical pump aerators);
vi) Fish egg incubation jars; and
vii) Pond liners.

An inception study on aquaculture that was commissioned in Tanzania by

the Embassy of the Kingdom of the Netherlands (Larive International and
Lattice Aqua, 2019) indicated that there are several financial institutions with
a focus on to the agricultural sector. It was further noted that although no
specific aquaculture financial products or services exist, the general
agricultural finance instruments are also available to the aquaculture sector.
Nevertheless, financial institutions have not yet provided much capital to the
aquaculture sector due to absence of established and profitable fish farmers
in the country. This is due to the fact that banks are generally risks aversive,
they will only provide loans and credit after one or more farms have proven
to be profitable on a commercial scale. A low-level of farm administration
and bookkeeping among fish farmers which further increases risks for banks
was also pointed out as another financing challenge. As a strategy to enable
small and medium aquafarmers to access financing, the government is
encouraging them to form cooperatives. This will enable them to access soft
loans at an interest rate of 7-10% from financial institutions guaranteed by
the government. As a result of these efforts by February 2021 a total of TZS
679,208,000 (USD 295,307.83) has been disbursed. More money is
expected to be disbursed provided loan conditions are met. Recently,
National Microfinance Bank (NMB Plc) has put aside TZS 100 billion (USD
43,478,260.87) to support agro, livestock and fisheries value chains at lower
than 10% interest rate.

4.6 Development of Aquaculture

In mainland Tanzania, aquaculture development is under the Aquaculture
Division in the Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries (MLF) which was
established in September 2008. Aquaculture division has two sections: a
freshwater aquaculture section and a marine aquaculture section. The
division introduced a National Aquaculture Development Strategy (NADS) in
2018. Since the establishment of the Aquaculture division, the government

144
has continued to set aside funds for the development of aquaculture. For
example, apart from other charges (OC), the budget for the development of
aquaculture increased from TZS 500 million (USD 215,647.84) in 2018/2019
to TZS 3.0 billion (USD 1,293,887.84) in 2021/2022.

During this period, public hatchery facilities were improved and new ones
established. There are six government aquaculture development centres
(ADCs) countrywide, out of which five are freshwater centres. They are
Kingolwira in Morogoro (Figure 9), Ruhila in Ruvuma, Mwamapuli in Tabora,
Nyengedi in Lindi, Rubambagwe in Geita and Machui in Tanga. They are
intended to increase the availability of aquaculture seeds. The main
functions of these centres are:
i) promotion of investment in sustainable aquaculture production in
various parts of the country in the context of rural aquaculture
development;
ii) capacity building;
iii) development and transfer of appropriate aquaculture technology; and
iv) distribution of aquaculture inputs to various stakeholders to stimulate
the development of aquaculture.

During this period, initiatives were also undertaken to make the private
sector produce fingerlings and feed. There are 28 hatcheries and 13 fish
feed manufacturing plants owned by private companies. However, the
majority of fingerlings comes from private sector, which gives room for the
expansion of this sector in the country. The number of people farming
aquatic organisms reached 30,064 in 2020/2021 (URT, 2020/2021). Apart
from pond farming, cage culture farming is also promoted in various waters.
By 2020/2021, a total of 473 cage farms had been opened in the country:
Lake Victoria (362), Lake Tanganyika (9), Nyasa (1) and other smaller water
bodies (101). The production of fingerlings increased from only 400 in 2002
to about 20,040,000 in 2020/2021 (URT, 2020/2021). Private hatcheries
produced 17,206,752 fingerlings and public hatcheries produced 2,833,605
fingerlings. The estimated demand for fish fingerlings in mainland Tanzania
stood at around 40,000,000; therefore, there is a deficit of around
19,960,000 fingerlings. In 2020/2021 the amount of fish feed produced
stood at 1,182.47 metric tonnes, of which 710 metric tonnes was non-
extruded feeds locally produced and 472.47 metric tonnes was imported
extruded feeds. The estimated demand for fish feed stood at 6,108 metric
tonnes, with a deficit of 4,925.53 metric tonnes (URT, 2020/2021).

145
 Figure 9: Kingolwira Aquaculture Development Centre in Morogoro.

4.7 Aquaculture Extension Services

In mainland Tanzania, aquaculture extension services are provided by the
Department of Fisheries and Aquaculture Research, Training and Extension
Services (DRTE) in collaboration with Aquaculture Division in the Ministry of
Livestock and Fisheries (MLF) and Local Government Authorities (LGAs).
There are nearly 477 extension workers distributed in Aquaculture division
(58), DRTE (6) and LGAs (413). There are also Non-Governmental
Organizations (NGOs) and Community-based organizations (CBOs) who
provide training and other forms of support to fish farmers. However, the
available staff (477) are not sufficient to provide the required extension
services all over the country compared to a total demand of 15,800 staff.
Extension workers have among other tasks the role of providing technical
advice to aquafarmers. Aquaculture in the mainland Tanzania is
characterized by inadequate extension services due to shortage of
extension workers and requisite facilities. The level of aquaculture
knowledge among farmers about improved aquaculture practices, farm
management and a business-like approach to fish farming is not sufficient.
Thus, deliberate efforts will be made to improve aquaculture extension
services in the country through recruiting more extension staff and training
the existing ones.

146
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 5
5.0 THE PREVIOUS FISHERIES MASTER PLAN (2002–2015)

The Fisheries Master Plan (2002–2015) was intended to operationalize the

National Fisheries Sector Policy and Strategy of 1997. Thus, it contained
only one programme on aquaculture extension (Programme No 7: Morogoro
Region – Aquaculture Extension Programme). The extension services often
focussed on feasibility survey, which put emphasis on the identification of
water resources and suitable soils for aquaculture, and marketing routes for
cultured fish. These needed to be adequately surveyed and confirmed
before aquaculture activities could be done. Aquaculture extension services
also included the provision of training equipment and materials to the
fisheries training institutions based on the training needs of both extension
personnel and farmers who received training in aquaculture technology.

5.1 Implementation Status

During the implementation of the previous master plan, several feasibility
studies were conducted to establish the potential, opportunities and
challenges in the development of aquaculture. The studies were mostly
conducted in the Lake Victoria basin. Moreover, the facilities at Kingolwira
Aquaculture Development Centre were improved.

5.2 Challenges
Generally, most of the activities on aquaculture extension programme,
especially those planned for Morogoro Region, were partially implemented
because of inadequate funds and lack of proper coordination among the key
agencies. The fact that the master plan emphasized more capture fisheries
activities resulted in a few aquaculture activities being implemented.
Moreover, the master plan itself lacked a clear implementation plan which
would have provided specific guidance on how it should be implemented,
including a timeframe for each programme.

5.3 Lessons Learnt

The experience gained from the implementation of the previous master plan
shows that, if concerted efforts are made, there will be high fish production
through aquaculture. Funding is critical to successful implementation of any
plan. Inadequate funding caused partial implementation of several
programmes included in the previous master plan. It is important that
awareness is raised throughout the implementation process so that the plan
is known to the key implementing partners.

147
 CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 6

6.0 ISSUES, OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIC

INTERVENTIONS
The issues related to the development of aquaculture in mainland Tanzania
and included in this master plan were identified using the principles of the
Ecosystem Approach to Aquaculture (EAA). They were identified during
consultative, zonal stakeholders’ workshops held in Mwanza, Mbeya and
Tanga. Ultimately, a total of 18 issues distributed into Ecological (4), Social
economic (7) and Governance (7) issues were identified (Table 3).
Thereafter, operational objectives and strategic interventions were
formulated.
Identification of the issues also considered cross-cutting issues which were
included in the baseline report. The identified cross-cutting issues relate to
the whole fisheries sector. However, as far as aquaculture is concerned, the
issues involving aquafarmers and all related stakeholders include disaster
risks and climate change, youths’ development and gender equity,
HIV/AIDS and communicable diseases, value chains and post-harvest
management and inadequate social services, including health, safe water
and sanitation. The cross-cutting issues have also been included in the
current master plan.

Table 3: Issues identified during stakeholders’ workshops

No. ISSUE

ECOLOGICAL ISSUES

1. Dependence on wild sources for marine fish seeds.

2. Genetic pollution caused by aquaculture practices.

3. Environmental degradation of natural water bodies and water

sources to and from an aquaculture facility.

4. Inadequate water for aquaculture in some areas.

SOCIO-ECONOMIC ISSUES

1. Inadequate financial capital for carrying out aquaculture activities.

148
2. Low investment in commercial aquaculture.

3. Limited post-harvest handling facilities and market for aquaculture

products.

4. Limited culture of ornamental fishes.

5. Few and weak cooperatives and associations, as well as low

participation of the youth and women in aquaculture activities.

6. Inadequate awareness of aquafarmers on the existence of

communicable diseases such as HIV/AIDS, cholera, bilharzia, STDs
and other health hazards associated with aquaculture practices.

7. Aquafarmers’ limited access to social protection, safety at sea (for

cage farmers), a decent working conditions scheme (life and
cages/insurance), inadequate rescue centres and safety equipment.

GOVERNANCE ISSUES

1. Inadequate, unaffordable, low quality aquaculture seeds and feeds.

2. Inadequate aquaculture data.

3. Inadequate extension services and inadequate use of research

findings.

4. Inadequate research and training capacity.

5. Lack of accreditation of aquaculture products and practitioners.

6. Conflicts among aquaculture practitioners with other stakeholders on

use of natural resources (water, land, wetland, forest).

7. Limited monitoring, control, surveillance and prevention of aquatic

disease outbreaks and control mechanisms.

149
 CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 7
7.0 THE NATIONAL FISHERIES MASTER PLAN FOR
AQUACULTURE
7.1 Vision, Mission and Goal of the FMP for Aquaculture
7.1.1 Vision
By the year 2036 there should be an aquaculture sub-sector in the country,
which is largely commercially run, vibrant, diversified and sustainable and
which uses highly productive aquaculture resources to ensure food security,
employment and increased incomes for households and the nation at large,
while at the same time conserving the environment.

7.1.2 Mission
Establishing a diverse aquaculture sub-sector in which resources are
developed and managed sustainably for maximum economic growth and
improved livelihoods.

7.1.3 Goal
To reduce poverty and unemployment, and to increase incomes and food
security.

7.2 Guiding Principles

The implementation of this master plan for aquaculture will be guided by the
principles in section 8.2 of part one of this master plan.

7.3 Thematic Areas

The issues that have been included in this master plan will be addressed
through the nine thematic areas below. Key players, timeframe and
indicative budget of implementing this master plan are given in the matrix
(Table 5). As shown under section 8, funds for the implementation of this
master plan will come from the government and development partners.

7.3.1 Thematic area one: Supply of inputs for commercial

aquaculture
The major critical factors facing the development of aquaculture in
mainland Tanzania include seeds, feed, technology, capital and markets.
While capital and markets cut across all sectors of production, specific
considerations are needed in aquaculture seeds, feed and technologies,
since they are used in aquatic environments. Efforts will be made to supply
adequate quality feed and seeds to meet the growing demand.

The availability of good quality seeds is instrumental to the development of

aquaculture. The private sector will be encouraged through subsidies and
tax exemption on aquaculture inputs to play a lead role in mass production
of quality seeds. The government through the Aquaculture Division will

150
continue to regulate the quality of seeds being produced by the public and
private sector. Research and training institutions will be supported with
sufficient funds, personnel and research equipment throughout the
implementation period of this master plan so that they can carry out
research and provide technology to improve the quality of the already
cultured species and develop culture technology for new species of
commercial importance. Procedures for establishing seed certification will
be put in place by the Aquaculture Division in collaboration with other
institutions such as Tanzania Bureau of Standards to prevent the supply of
poor quality seeds.

The government will continue promoting feed-based aquaculture and a

paradigm shift from semi-intensive to intensive feed-based aquaculture.
Feed is a major input in aquaculture production, accounting for around
60% of production costs. The overall benefit of using good quality feed is
in low feed conversion ratios (FCRs) with minimal pollution of the
environment. Cheap food is not always cheap, since more kilogrammes of
feed may be used to produce one kilogramme of fish as compared to a
good quality feed. The initiatives made by private investors in the
production of feed will be subsidized and supported through creating
conducive environment. Efforts will also be made to introduce fish feed
technology from places where it is well established. The technology will
also include the use of small feed-making machines (grinders, mixers and
pelleters) for improving on-the-farm made feed which is commonly used by
farmers.

Aquaculture requires several other inputs. The inputs include, inter alia,
chemicals, equipment such as aerators, graders, water and air pumps,
diffusers, various types of fish nets for making hapas and cages, feeders
and packing materials. When these inputs are available, aquaculture can
be expanded. Incentives will be provided for importers and suppliers of
aquaculture inputs and equipment in order to support aquaculture
investment. The private sector will be encouraged to invest in the
aquaculture input trade under the general framework of attracting
investments. Specific operational objectives for addressing issues related
to aquaculture inputs are listed below:

Operational objective: To increase local production of high quality

and affordable aquaculture seeds and feeds.
Issue
Inadequate, unaffordable, low quality aquaculture seeds and feeds.

Strategic Interventions
(i) Establishing breeding programmes (quality brooders) and centres
for raising the production of freshwater and marine farmed species.

151
 (ii) Developing national centres for information system and
safeguarding gene banks.
(iii) Establishing hatcheries for freshwater and marine seed production.
(iv) Facilitating access of fish seed and feed.
(v) Supporting building the capacity (experts, funds, technology,
facilities) of seed and feed producers.
(vi) Promoting private sector to establish more freshwater and marine
hatcheries.
(vii) Promoting private sector to establish more fish feed plants.
(viii) Encouraging local industries to manufacture aquaculture to
equipment.
(ix) Developing national freshwater and marine aquaculture best
management practice programmes for both breeders and hatchery
operators.
(x) Establishing an inventory of chemicals and equipment used in
aquaculture activities.
(xi) Enhancing exemption and subsidy taxes and levies on chemicals
and
equipment used in aquaculture activities.

Proposed actions
(i) Develop breeding programmes (quality brooders) and establish
centres for raising the production of fresh water and marine farmed
species.
(ii) Coordinate and promote the establishment of public-private
hatcheries.
(iii) Establish and strengthen the existing cooperative unions and
associations so that they produce quality and affordable
aquaculture seeds and feed.
(iv) Provide incentives to seed and feed producers.
(v) Create an enabling environment to promote investment in
hatcheries and feed plants.
(vi) Undertake research to identify suitable cultured marine fish
species.
(vii) Improve the fish seed and feed supply chains to ease access
among aquafarmers.
(viii) Support capacity building (experts, funds, technology, facilities) of
seed and feed producers.
(ix) Sensitize the private sector to establish fresh water and marine
hatcheries.
(x) Develop national fresh water and marine aquaculture best
management practice programmes for both breeders and hatchery
operators.
(xi) Prepare and submit an inventory of chemicals and equipment used
in aquaculture activities to the relevant authorities.
(xii) Exempt and subsidize taxes and levies on chemicals and equipment
used in aquaculture activities.

152
7.3.2 Thematic area two: Improving research and training
Aquaculture can be transformed through research innovations, and
technology development and transfer. This is because aquaculture is a
technology-driven sector. Client responsive research, efficient packaging
and the transfer of cost-effective technologies to users are an important
lubricant of an aquaculture development process. Sufficient support in
research and training, including the technologies needed, will be guided by
the National Fisheries and Aquaculture Research Agenda (2020-2025).
Research and technology development priorities for aquaculture will be
practice-based, foster sustainability and be developed in collaboration with
the industry. Aquaculture research and technology development will be
closely linked to the private-sector needs to stimulate the development of
aquaculture.

Moreover, research that will lead to development of a sustainable

aquaculture industry in Tanzania will be undertaken by TAFIRI in
collaboration with other research institutions (both local and foreign).
Research will also focus on improving the management of water and
waste, the development of sustainable systems and practices, economics
and marketing, and on improving the quality, safety, and variety of
aquaculture products. As pointed out earlier most of the research activities
to be undertaken will focus on areas specified in the fisheries and
aquaculture research agenda which is reviewed after every five years.
There are research and technologies already developed elsewhere. Thus,
efforts will be made to explore the possibilities of benefiting from such
research and technologies. This will be done through stakeholder
exchange visits and scientific exchange programmes organized by the
government. Study tours to countries doing well in aquaculture will be
encouraged to share and gain experience. The tours will involve
representatives from research and training institutions (including higher
education institutions), extension officers and the private sector. Efforts will
be made to make such countries explore investment opportunities in the
country in partnership with the local private sector for ease of adaptation
and adoption of technologies.

To attain the highest level of impact, aquaculture research and

development programmes will constitute a continuum, from basic and
applied research to ultimate commercial adoption. Research findings,
technology, and marketing information will be made available and
delivered through the provision of effective extension services to the
stakeholders. Fisheries and aquaculture training institutions, including
higher learning institutions (both public and private), will be supported so
that they can provide practical training skills and enable those graduating
from fisheries and aquaculture programmes to have sufficient hands-on
skills. Curricula will also be reviewed to make them more relevant to the
needs of aquaculture industry. Research and training institutions will be
provided with office space, computers, vehicles, research and training

153
 vessels, equipment, chemicals, reagents and consumables. The human
resources in the research and training institutions will be supported by
improving their training and research skills, and by recruiting new ones. A
competitive scheme of service should be developed for the fisheries and
aquaculture research and training cadres in the public sector. Specifically,
this thematic area will be addressed through the following operational
objectives:

Operational objective 1: To strengthen basic and applied research for

developing sustainable aquaculture
industry.

Issue
Inadequate research and training capacity.

Strategic interventions
(i) Supporting training to aquaculture personnel on applied research.
(ii) Supporting capacity building in research centres.
(iii) Supporting capacity building in data collection, processing and
analysis, and dissemination of research findings.

Proposed actions
(i) Support the capacity building to do applied research.
(ii) Establish a National Aquaculture Information System (NAIS) to
provide vital data for aquaculture planning, monitoring and
evaluation.
(iii) Establish new research centres, recruit new staff and train them.
(iv) Supporting research institutions to establish Technology Transfer
Units to facilitate use of research findings.
(v) Develop a monitoring and evaluation framework.

Operational objective 2: To build the capacity of research and training

institutions.

Issue
Inadequate research and training capacity.

Strategic interventions
(i) Supporting capacity building in research and training institutions.
(ii) Soliciting sufficient funds for fisheries and aquaculture research
and training.

Proposed actions
(i) Improve the training and research skills of the existing ones and
recruit new ones.

154
 (ii) Develop a competitive scheme of service for the fisheries and
aquaculture research and training cadres in the public sector.
(iii) Improve infrastructure in research and training institutions through
the provision of research facilities such as buildings, vehicles,
research and training vessels, equipment, chemicals, reagents
and consumables.
(iv) Provide adequate funds for fisheries and aquaculture research
and training (both public and private), so that they can conduct
aquaculture, demand-driven, basic and applied research.
(v) Support fisheries and aquaculture training institutions, including
higher learning institutions (both public and private), so that they
can train more research and extension service personnel.
(vi) Support establishment of Technology Transfer Units by research
institutions.

7.3.3 Thematic area three: Improving extension services

Transformation of aquaculture industry can be attained through improving
extension services. Aquaculture development has been achieved in
countries where government support through extension services has been
offered adequately. Deliberate efforts will be made to train more extension
services personnel. Moreover, extension officers will be given sufficient
working facilities by both central and local government authorities such as
vehicles and motorcycles to enable them to provide the services needed.
More extension staff will be recruited to provide required services. Just like
in research and training institutions, competitive scheme of service will be
developed for extension staff. Specifically, this thematic area will be
addressed through the following operational objectives:

Operational objective: To enhance extension services in disseminating

research findings.

Issues
(i) Inadequate extension services and use of research findings.
(ii) Inadequate aquaculture data and information.

Strategic interventions
(i) Supporting capacity building in aquaculture extension.
(ii) Supporting establishment of new aquaculture development
centres (ADCs) in strategic areas along the coast and around
major lakes.
(iii) Promoting establishment of aquaculture field schools to facilitate
dissemination of aquaculture best management practices (BMPs)
and research findings.
(iv) Supporting data collection, monitoring and evaluation of
aquaculture programmes.

155
 (v) Supporting seaweed farmers with sufficient technical skills and
financial inputs.
(vi) Establishing an enabling environment to boost commercial
seaweed farming.

Proposed actions
(i) Strengthen the existing ADCs.
(ii) Improve extension services by re-tooling extension officers with
respect to aquaculture BMPs.
(iii) Establish new ADCs in strategic areas along the coast and
around major lakes.
(iv) Establish aquaculture field schools to facilitate dissemination of
aquaculture BMPs and research findings.
(v) Establish aquaculture field schools in selected districts with
potential aquafarmers, including the youth and women.
(vi) Establish annual Aquafarmers’ Week for researchers, extension
officers, aquafarmers and other stakeholders to enhance
information exchange.
(vii) Strengthen the competitiveness of the Aquaculture Division by
providing facilities at headquarters and all work stations, and
equip staff with required knowledge, resources and institutional
support structure for effective, decentralized governance.
(viii) Support capacity building in data collection, processing and
analysis, and disseminate findings.
(ix) Support seaweed farmers with sufficient technical skills and
financial inputs.
(x) Establish an enabling environment to boost commercial seaweed
farming.

7.3.4 Thematic area four: Post-harvest handling, value addition and

marketing of aquaculture products
Tanzania has a high fish market potential that is attributed to population
growth rate at 2.7% per year and increased purchasing power. However,
proper marketing and international trade strategies are crucial to orderly
and progressive development of the aquaculture industry. Fish marketing
and processing and associated quality and safety assurance and
management systems are pivotal in the transformation of the aquaculture
industry in the country. A reliable fish marketing system will be developed
and the capacity to process and develop fish products to reduce post-
harvest losses will be built. Emphasis will be put on market-led
aquaculture production by ensuring and guaranteeing the quality and
safety of the aquaculture products traded locally or regionally. The
following operational objective will be pursued in a bid to address issues
related to fish marketing, processing and product development:

156
Operational objective 1: To support the development of infrastructure
for handling, storing and processing fish, and the development
of a marketing information system.

Issue
Limited post-harvest handling facilities and market for aquaculture
products.

Strategic intervention
Promoting establishment of mechanisms and infrastructure for
reducing post-harvest loss of aquaculture products.

Proposed actions
(i) Promote harvesting, storage, transportation and cold chain facilities.
(ii) Establish a marketing information system for aquaculture products.
(iii) Promote and strengthen aquafarmers’ organizations to enhance the
bulking of produce and collective bargaining power.
(iv) Develop and promote use of protocols for post-harvest handling of
aquaculture products to maintain the quality and safety of products.
(v) Develop new aquaculture products.

Operational objective 2: To support the development of codes of

conduct and an accreditation scheme for aquaculture
practitioners and products.
Issue
Lack of accreditation of aquaculture products and practitioners.

Strategic interventions
(i) Establishing quality control mechanisms to certify and accredit
aquaculture products.
(ii) Supporting capacity building for developing codes of conduct,
certification and accreditation schemes.

Proposed actions
(i) Develop quality control guidelines to certify and accredit
aquaculture products.
(ii) Build capacity to develop codes of conduct, and certification and
accreditation schemes.

7.3.5 Thematic area five: Spatial planning and promotion of

investment in aquaculture
The development of aquaculture requires effective management of aquatic
resources to ensure that services which contribute to improving human well-
being are provided efficiently and sustainably. Such effective management
can be strategically implemented through the development of aquatic spatial

157
 plans. The process of aquatic spatial planning involves analysing and
allocating the spatial and temporal distribution of human activities in
particular aquatic areas. Spatial planning helps to achieve specified
ecological, economic and social objectives. Through spatial planning
decision makers are provided with accurate information and maps regarding
the geography, environmental characteristics and activities undertaken in a
particular environment. Spatial planning then helps decision makers to
better plan for increased existing and new uses. In spatial planning tools
such as Geographic Information Systems (GIS), remote sensing and
mapping for data management, analysis, modelling and decision-making are
used. Thus, spatial planning in aquaculture will be done to prevent conflicts
with other stakeholders since physical space is involved. Spatial planning
process for aquaculture zoning will be done in accordance with Ecosystem
Approach to Aquaculture (EAA) and in applying the VGGT -Guidelines
which provide the conceptual guidelines for spatial planning and
management.

Strengthening of private-sector investments is of major importance to the

successful development of the aquaculture sub-sector. The areas that
require particular attention in these investments include; assessment of
access to productive land and capital, developing investor friendly policies,
and developing skills through incubators. The high risks and uncertainty
involved in establishing a new technology cannot be incurred by most
entrepreneurs, thus calling for the establishment of public-private
partnerships. Successful aquaculture industries have emerged where the
government partnered with the private sector in sharing the early risks
involved in establishing the sector. This is particularly relevant in the area of
technology development.

Thus, successful implementation of this master plan requires a viable plan

of action with clear specific strategies for attracting an efficient service and
inputs supply industry as well as private led production sectors. More
importantly, any investment decision will be based on an appraisal of the
risks and returns relative to competing opportunities.

Favourable conditions such as a suitable environment, culture organisms

and a market for farmed organisms may make the private sector invest in
aquaculture. However, it is equally important that investments in aquaculture
should consider a critical understanding of the major constraints that prevent
the private sector from entering the industry. In many areas, it has been very
hard to access funding for carrying out aquaculture activities owing to the
real or perceived high risks associated with aquaculture businesses.
Similarly, lack of an understanding of basic aspects of the aquaculture
industry on the part of the lending and financial institutions, and the scarcity
of reliable data on aquaculture loans contribute to the difficulty in accessing
funds for aquaculture. Therefore, all possible efforts will be made to make
sure that there is a clear understating of the real constraints on investment

158
in aquaculture raised by stakeholders and included in this master plan. The
following operational objectives will be used to address the issues related to
the promotion of investment in aquaculture:

Operational objective 1: To enhance spatial planning in aquaculture.

Issue
Conflicts among aquaculture practitioners with other stakeholders on
use of natural resources (water, land, wetland, forest, intertidal).

Strategic intervention
Introducing zonation and spatial planning in aquaculture.

Proposed actions
(i) Develop zoning guidelines.
(ii) Establish spatial mapping, profiling and zoning of aquaculture
production sites.
(iii) Provide training and promotion of spatial planning among decision-
makers and technical staff.
(iv) Harmonize the coordination of water users.
(v) Develop codes of conduct for zone users to ensure proper
management of activities in the zone.

Operational objective 2: To enhance access to finance for

aquafarmers.

Issue
Inadequate financial capital for carrying out aquaculture activities.

Strategic interventions
(i) Encouraging financial institutions and credit facilities to provide soft
loans and other financial services to aquafarmers.
(ii) Promoting an understanding of basic aspects of the aquaculture
industry on the part of the lending and financial institutions.
(iii) Developing mechanisms for reduction of risks associated with
aquaculture activities.
Supporting private sector involvement in aquaculture activities by
addressing constraints that impede investment.
(i) Establish an aquaculture development fund.

Proposed actions
(i) Sensitize stakeholders to establish aquafarmers’ cooperatives.
(ii) Support the establishment of a fisheries and aquaculture
cooperative bank.
(iii) Equip aquafarmers with entrepreneurial skills.

159
 (iv) Promote and establish special credit facilities for commercial
aquafarmers.
(v) Link aquaculture investors with financial institutions.
(vi) Provide an understanding of aquaculture activities to financing
institutions.
(vii) Develop strategies for reducing risks associated with aquaculture
activities.
(viii) Create a conductive environment for private sector involvement in
aquaculture.

Operational objective 3: To create an enabling environment for

investing in commercial aquaculture.

Issue
Low investment in commercial aquaculture.

Strategic intervention
Promoting and supporting private sector to invest in commercial
aquaculture.

Proposed actions
(i) Review and harmonize the relevant laws.
(ii) Support the establishment of One Stop Centres (OSCs) to
facilitate investment in the industry.
(iii) Create aquaculture investment promotion forums to link the
actors along the aquaculture value chain.
(iv) Provide incentives to investors.
(v) Establish aquaculture incubation programmes to nurture new
graduates, especially the youth and women.

Operational objective 4: To promote and support the formation of

aquafarmer cooperatives and associations with special
emphasis on the youth and women.

Issue
Few and weak cooperatives and associations, as well as low
participation of the youth and women in aquaculture activities.

Strategic interventions
(i) Encouraging youth, women and marginalized groups to form
aquafarmer cooperatives and associations.

160
 (ii) Encouraging aqua-famers to form cooperatives to enable them
access soft loan from financial institutions.

Proposed actions
(i) Establish new cooperatives and associations and strengthen the
existing ones.
(ii) Create awareness on the benefits accrued from cooperatives and
associations.

7.3.6 Thematic area six: Aquatic environmental health

The anticipated expansion of the aquaculture industry in Tanzania should
also consider sustainability and compatibility of the industry with the
environment. Thus, better knowledge is required regarding possible
interactions between aquaculture and the natural environment to minimize
the possibility for habitat degradation. Biosecurity measures for monitoring,
prevention and control of disease outbreaks and transmission, and the
discharge of waste, toxins and excess nutrients into natural environment
ought to be taken. Measures will also consider putting in place control of
genetic pollution of wild stocks through interbreeding with cultivated strains
and introduction of alien species into natural waters.

Water is the main requirement for aquaculture practices. However, this

resource is threatened by silting caused by excessive erosion and
degradation of wetlands along the main water bodies. Pollution from
human and industrial wastes is another threat to this important resource.
Thus, any efforts geared towards environmental conservation at various
levels will be supported and encouraged because they lead to
preservation of the purity of water. Therefore, clear linkages between the
public institutions, the private sector, the civil society and local
communities involved in environmental protection will be established.
Programmes aiming at managing water resources and aquaculture waste,
increasing understanding of the environmental risks associated with
aquaculture and fostering the development of environmentally sound
designs and operating guidelines will be encouraged and supported. The
following operational objectives will be pursued to address issues related
to aquatic environmental health and spatial planning:

Operational objective 1: To strengthen the mechanisms for

controlling genetic pollution.

Issue
Genetic pollution caused by aquaculture practices.

Strategic interventions
(i) Promoting genetic screening programme of wild and hatchery
farmed strains.

161
 (ii) Promoting awareness programmes on genetic pollution caused
by aquaculture practices.
(iii) Developing guidelines for introducing, stocking and re-stocking in
natural water bodies.

Proposed actions
(i) Train aquaculture personnel in fish taxonomy.
(ii) Establish and implement genetic screening programme of wild
and hatchery farmed strains.
(iii) Prepare guidelines for management of juveniles, brood-stock and
introduction of alien species.
(iv) Create awareness on genetic pollution caused by aquaculture
practices.
(v) Reinforce measures and guidelines for transporting fish seeds
and brooders for aquaculture practices.
(vi) Prepare and reinforce guidelines for introducing, stocking and re-
stocking in natural water bodies.

Operational objective 2: To enhance biosecurity strategies for

monitoring, control and surveillance of aquatic environmental
health.

Issue
Limited monitoring, control, surveillance and prevention of aquatic
disease outbreaks and control mechanisms.

Strategic interventions
(i) Developing biosecurity strategies, programmes and guidelines for
monitoring, control and surveillance of aquatic environmental
health.
(ii) Promoting screening of parasites and diseases.

Proposed actions
(i) Recruit and build capacity on aquatic animal health
professionals.
(ii) Develop a national aquatic animal health strategy and
implementation plan.
(iii) Establish and operationalize a national aquatic disease
laboratory.
(iv) Develop Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) for
management of aquatic animal health.

Operational objective 3: To enhance adherence with the inter-

sectoral collaboration in controlling pollution from
aquaculture.

162
Issue
Conflicts among aquaculture practitioners with other stakeholders on
use of natural resources (water, land, wetland, forest, intertidal).

Strategic intervention
Promoting mitigation measures in controlling pollution from
aquaculture activities.

Proposed actions
(i) Establish a national inter-sectoral coordination committee to
control the quality of water and environmental degradation.
(ii) Harmonize and implement rules and laws to reduce
anthropogenic activities.
(iii) Encourage inter-sectoral collaboration in controlling pollution
from aquaculture.

7.3.7 Thematic area seven: Aquaculture production technologies

High production of fish through aquaculture can be attained using
appropriate technologies. Even though Tanzania has several potential areas
for developing aquaculture, some areas face a scarcity of water.
Unfortunately, such areas also face a scarcity of fish. Thus, efforts will be
made to introduce technologies that use a small amount of water to develop
aquaculture in such areas. An example is the recirculating aquaculture
system (RAS). Alternative water sourcing technologies such as boreholes
will also be introduced for carrying out aquaculture activities. The following
operational objective will address aquaculture technologies related to
scarcity of water supply:

Operational objective: To support the development of alternative water

sourcing technologies in areas with water scarcity.

Issue
Inadequate water for aquaculture in some areas.

Strategic intervention
(i) Developing alternative water sourcing technologies in areas with
water scarcity.
(ii) Optimizing the existing culture producing technologies.
(iii) Adopting new technologies to suit our local environments.
(iv) Developing other new aquaculture technologies.

Proposed actions
(i) Establish alternative water sourcing programmes such as rainwater
harvesting, boreholes and canals.
(ii) Identify and apply alternative aquaculture technologies.

163
 (iii) Adopt new aquaculture technologies.

7.3.8 Thematic area eight: Ornamental fish culture and trade

Tanzania is endowed with various ornamental fish species. In 2020 alone,
Tanzania exported 128,316 metric tonnes of live ornamental fishes worth
TZS 386.36 billion (USD 166.6 million); the country earned a royalty
amounting to TZS 21.8 billion (USD 9.4 million). Freshwater ornamental
fishes are abundant in Lake Victoria, Lake Tanganyika and Lake Nyasa,
while marine ornamental fishes are found in the Indian Ocean. The trade
in ornamental fishes from natural waters will be explored and improved to
enable the country to obtain more royalties. Moreover, people will be
encouraged to rear ornamental fish as a business. A national fish
aquarium and ornamental fish demonstration farms will be established to
spearhead and instil an ornamental fish culture for pleasure, education
and income generation purposes. Technologies for harnessing these fish
stocks for aquaculture will be explored and adopted so that the private
sector can invest in this area. Research will be undertaken to produce an
inventory of fish species suitable for establishing an ornamental fish
culture. Support services will be provided to the trade in ornamental fish.
This thematic area will be addressed by pursuing the following objective:

Operational objective: To promote and support the trade in

ornamental fishes.

Issue
Limited culture of ornamental fishes

Strategic intervention
Promoting ornamental fish culture and trade.

Proposed actions
(i) Establish an inventory of ornamental fish species from various water
bodies suitable for culture and trade.
(ii) Develop technologies for establishing an ornamental fish culture.
(iii) Provide support services to the trade in ornamental fish from
aquaculture.
(iv) Conduct research on ornamental fish from various water bodies.
(v) Promote restocking of threatened ornamental fishes.

7.3.9 Thematic area nine: Cross-cutting issues

As explained earlier, crosscutting issues are those that cut across the whole
fisheries sector and several other sectors. These issues, if not properly
addressed, may affect the performance of the sector. Thus, concerted
efforts will be made to make sure that all cross-cutting issues are properly

164
dealt with. As far as aquaculture is concerned, the following operational
objectives will be pursued in the process of addressing cross-cutting issues:

Operational objective 1: To sensitise aquafarmers on creating

awareness on communicable diseases and health hazards
associated with aquaculture practices.

Issue
Inadequate awareness of aquafarmers on the existence of
communicable diseases such as HIV/AIDS, cholera, bilharzia, STDs
and other health hazards associated with aquaculture practices.

Strategic interventions
(i) Creating programmes advocating behavioural change and
communicable disease prevention among aquafarmers.
(ii) Provision of adequate health services and facilities for aquafarmer
communities.

Proposed actions
(i) Conduct needs assessment and provide awareness and
education.
(ii) Develop disease prevention mechanisms in collaboration with the
relevant authorities.
(iii) Conduct research on the magnitude of communicable diseases
and health hazards associated with aquaculture practices.

Operational objective 2: To enhance awareness creation on the

occupational hazards associated with aquaculture activities to
aquafarmers.

Issue
Aquafarmers’ limited access to social protection, safety at sea (for
cage farmers), a decent working conditions scheme (life and
cages/insurance), inadequate rescue centres and safety equipment.

Strategic intervention
Enhancing safety at sea, and establishing decent working conditions
and social protection schemes.

Proposed actions
(i) Improve infrastructure for cage farmers.
(ii) Support aquafarmers and link them to the relevant social
protection schemes.

165
 7.4 The Master Plan Matrix for Aquaculture for the Period
2021/22–2036/37
The main actions to be implemented to achieve outputs and outcomes in the
period of 15 years are presented in the matrix below (Table 4). The matrix
contains operational objectives, outcomes, outputs, actions with key
performance indicators, baseline information, key responsible institutions,
time frame and tentative budget. The baseline information indicates the
status of each item, which helps to set a clear target of implementation. The
new master plan also considers the opportunities and challenges identified
at the time of doing the SWOC analysis, the cross-cutting issues in the
baseline report and the review of the previous master plan.

166
 Table 4: Fifteen-year master plan matrix for aquaculture: Projected major outcomes and outputs for each
operational objective and thematic area.

Thematic Area One: Supply of Inputs for Commercial Aquaculture.

Operational objective 1: To increase local production of high quality and affordable aquaculture seeds and feed.
Outcomes Outputs Strategic Key Baseline Responsible Timeframe Indicative
Interventions Performance Information Institutions Budget
Indicators (USD, ‘000)
1.1 Availability Improved fish Establishing Number of Most of the MLF, TAFIRI, 2021-2036 10,000
of high quality breeding centres breeding hatcheries freshwater and PO-RALG,
and affordable (hatcheries) are in programmes constructed marine fingerlings LGAs, Private
aquaculture place. (quality and/or used by most sector, NGOs.
seeds and brooders) and rehabilitated. farmers are of
feeds. centres for poor quality.
raising the
production of
farmed
species.
Established national Establish Number of No centres for MLF, PO- 2021-2036 18,000
centres for national national information RALG, LGAs,
information system centres for centres for system and Private sector,
and safeguarding information information safeguarding NGOs.
gene banks. system and system and gene banks.
safeguarding safeguarding
gene banks. gene banks
established.
Coordinated process Establishing The quantity Inadequate MLF, PO- 2021-2036 300
of establishing fish hatcheries for and quality of coordination in RALG, LGAs,

167
 hatcheries/breeding freshwater and freshwater and establishing Private sector,
centres. marine seed marine fish hatcheries and NGOs.
production. seeds. breeding centres.
Established Promoting Number of The only two MLF, TCDC, 2021-2036 350
freshwater and private sector hatcheries for marine hatcheries PO-RALG,
marine hatcheries. to establish producing (Mafia and LGAs, Private
more fresh marine seeds. Machui) cannot sector, NGOs.
water and produce sufficient
marine seeds for the all
hatcheries. coastal
communities
practising
mariculture.
Presence of highly Facilitating Number of There are only 12 MLF, PO- 2021-2036 2000
motivated fish access of fish farmers, seed feed plants in the RALG, MoF,
farmers and seeds/ seed and feed and feed country, which LGAs, NGOs.
feed producers. producers produce 710
metric tonnes of
semi floating
feed. The majority
of farmers are
using on-farm
made feed,
whose quality
cannot be
guaranteed.
Enabling Supporting MLF, PO- 2021-2036 800
environment building the RALG, LGAs,
mechanisms capacity Private sector.

168
 created for all (experts, funds,
practitioners along technology,
the aquaculture facilities) of
value and/or supply seed and feed
chain. producers.
Promoted private Promoting MLF, PO- 2021-2025 7,650
sector to establish private sector RALG, TAFIRI,
more fish feed to establish LGAs, Private
plants. more fish feed sector.
plants.
Availability of fresh Promoting MLF, PO- 2021-2025 4,550
water and marine private sector to RALG, TAFIRI,
fish seed establish fresh LGAs, Private
hatcheries. water and sector.
marine
hatcheries
A national fresh Developing MLF, PO- 2021-2028 1,750
water and marine national fresh RALG, TAFIRI,
aquaculture best water and LGAs.
management marine
practice aquaculture
programmes best
availed. management
practice
programmes
for both
breeders and
hatchery
operators.

169
 2.1 An inventory of Establishing an List of Aquafarmers MLF, Private 2021-2025 160
Aquaculture aquaculture inputs inventory of chemicals and cannot afford sector.
inputs (other and implements chemicals and equipment aquaculture
than feeds developed and equipment used used in inputs (other than
and seeds) shared with the in aquaculture aquaculture feeds and seeds)
are available relevant authorities.
activities to the activities. because of taxes
and relevant and levies.
accessible to authorities.
all farmers. Mechanisms of Enhancing Number of
subsidizing and/or exemption and subsidized
exempting tax for subsidy taxes and/or
aquaculture inputs and levies on exempted
and implements are chemicals and items.
in place and equipment used
implemented. in aquaculture
activities.
Thematic Area Two: Improving Research and Training.
Operational objective 1: To strengthen basic and applied research for developing sustainable aquaculture industry.
Outcomes Outputs Strategic Key Baseline Responsible Timeframe Indicative
interventions performance Information Institutions Budget
indicators (USD, ‘000)
1.1 Aquaculture- Supporting Number of The current data MLF, TAFIRI, 2025-2030 1,980
Aquaculture oriented applied training to applied collection system Higher learning
implemented research supported. aquaculture research, needs further institutions,
on the basis personnel on monitoring, improvement so Private sector.
of the applied evaluation that the data is
available and research. programmes reliable and
reliable data Established/strengt Developing conducted. quality scientific
and scientific hened National national centres information is

170
 information. information centres for information available.
and gene banks. system and Number of
safeguarding national
gene banks. centres
Established new Supporting established.
research centres capacity
and strengthened building in
the existing ones so research
that they meet centres.
requirements.
Improved and Supporting
harmonized capacity
mechanisms for building on data
collecting, collection,
processing, processing,
analyzing data and analysis and
disseminating dissemination of
findings. research
findings.
Operational objective 2: To build the capacity of research and training institutions.
2.1 Research The capacity of Supporting Number of Inadequate funds MLF, PO- 2025-2030 3,200
and training research and capacity staff members, for undertaking RALG, PO-
institutions training institutions building in infrastructure research, PSMGG,
undertake to support research and and amount of providing training, LGAs, MoFP,
their functions sustainable training funds. purchasing FETA, TAFIRI,
in accordance aquaculture institutions. facilities, building Private sector.
with their development built. infrastructure and
mandate. recruiting
personnel.

171
 An on-the-job
training programme
for aquaculture
research and
training staff
developed and
implemented.
Allocated adequate Soliciting
funds to fisheries sufficient funds
research and for fisheries and
training institutions.aquaculture
research and
training.
Thematic Area Three: Improving Extension Services.
Operational objective: To enhance extension services and dissemination of research findings.
2.1 Availability Developed/strength Supporting Number of The quality of MLF, PO- 2025-2030 1,500
of high quality ened aquaculture capacity building extension aquaculture RALG, LGAs,
aquaculture development in aquaculture material, products needs to FETA, TAFIRI,
products for centres (ADCs). extension. people trained, be improved by Private sector.
domestic, policy briefs improving the
regional and Improved the skills prepared, quality of
international of aquaculture training extension.
markets. extension officers. material, services and the
Developed ADCs, data application of
incubation collected, research findings.
programmes for projects
junior aquafarmers. monitored and
Mechanisms for Supporting evaluated.
developing establishment of

172
 aquaculture in new ADCs in
strategic areas are strategic areas
in place along the coast
and around
major lakes.
Strengthened/impro Supporting
ved extension establishment of
institutions. aquaculture field
schools to
facilitate
dissemination of
aquaculture
BMPs and
research
findings.
Data collection, Supporting data
monitoring and collection,
evaluation of monitoring and
aquaculture evaluation of
programmes aquaculture
supported. programmes.
Seaweed farmers Supporting Number of 900
supported with seaweed farmers seaweed
sufficient technical with sufficient farmers
skills and financial technical skills supported and
inputs. and financial enabling
inputs. environment

173
 Enabling Creating created.
environment enabling
created to boost environment to
commercial boost
seaweed farming. commercial
seaweed
farming.
Thematic Area Four: Post-harvest Handling, Value Addition and Marketing of Aquaculture Products.
Operational objective 1: To promote the development of infrastructure for handling, storing and processing fish, and of
marketing information
system.
Outcomes Outputs Strategic Key Baseline Responsible Timeframe Indicative
Interventions Performance Information Institutions Budget
Indicators (USD, ‘000)
1.1 Storage, Promoting Number of The quality of fish MLF, TNC, 2025-2030 2,200
Aquafarmers transportation and establishment of facilities for and fish products TAFICO,
produce high cold chain facilities mechanisms and handling, produced for both FETA, TAFIRI,
quality fish are available. infrastructure for storing and domestic and Private sector.
and reducing post- processing external markets
associated harvest loss of fish is not guaranteed
products for aquaculture established. owing to
both domestic products. inadequate and
and external Value addition unreliable
markets. technologies infrastructure for
developed and handling, storing
applied. and processing
A marketing the products.
information system
is in place.

174
 Aquafarmers’
organizations
strengthened and
supported.
Protocols for post-
harvest handling of
aquaculture
products developed
and promoted.
Operational objective 2: To support the development of codes of conduct, certification and an accreditation scheme for
aquaculture practitioners and products.
2.1 Mechanisms for Establishing Number of Currently, there MLF, TNC, 2025-2030 3,200
Aquafarmers quality control, and quality control codes of are no TAFICO,
can produce certification and mechanisms to conduct, and mechanisms for FETA, TAFIRI,
high quality, accreditation of certify and certification certifying and Private sector.
certified and aquaculture accredit and accrediting
accredited products aquaculture accreditation aquaculture
products. developed. products. schemes. products.
Codes of conduct Supporting
for certification and capacity building
accreditation for developing
schemes codes of
developed. conduct, and
certification and
accreditation
schemes.

175
Thematic Area Five: Spatial Planning and Promotion of Investment in Aquaculture.
Operational objective 1: To enhance an orderly and sustainable spatial planning in aquaculture.
Outcomes Outputs Strategic Key Baseline Responsible Timeframe Amount
Interventions Performance Information Institutions (USD, ‘000
Indicators
1.1 Zoning guidelines Introducing Number of Currently, there is MLF, PO-RALG, 2021-2036 950
Aquaculture- developed. zonation and aquatic zones. no any spatial VPO-
related Mapped and zoned spatial planning planning Environment,
conflicts aquaculture in aquaculture. guidelines in NEMC, LGAs,
among water potential and aquaculture. Ministry of
users production sites. Water, TAFIRI,
reduced, to a Presence of Private sector.
great extent. effective multi-
sectoral conflict
resolution
committees.
Harmonized
coordination of
water users.
Decision-makers
and technical staff
trained and
promoted on spatial
planning.
Developed codes of
conduct for zone
user to ensure
proper
management of

176
 activities in the
zone.
Operational objective 2: To enhance access to finance for aquafarmers
2.1 More Aquafarmers Encouraging Number of Few and weak MLF, PO- 2025-2036 2000
aquafarmers cooperatives aquafarmers to cooperatives cooperatives. RALG, TAFIRI,
involve in established. form formed. LGAs, TCDC,
aquaculture cooperatives to Financing
activities enable them institutions,
access soft loan Private sector.
from financial
institutions.
Understanding of Provide an Number of
aquaculture understanding of financing
activities to aquaculture institutions
financing activities to providing
institutions gained. financing loans.
institutions.
Operational objective 3: To create an enabling environment for investing in commercial aquaculture.
3.1 More Aquaculture Promoting and Number of Most of MLF, PO- 2025-2036 900
people (local related-laws supporting investors. aquaculture RALG, TAFIRI,
and foreign formulated, private sector to practices are of a LGAs, TCDC,
aqua-farmers) reviewed and invest in small scale and Financing
invest in harmonized on the commercial are undertaken institutions,
commercial basis of needs. aquaculture. mainly by local Private sector.
Established and farmers.
operationalized
one-stop centres
(OSCs).
Aquaculture

177
 investment forums
promoted.
All actors along the
aquaculture value
chain linked
together.
Tax incentives to Provide tax
investors provided incentives to
to investors investors
Operational objective 4: To promote and support the formation of aquafarmer cooperatives and associations with special emphasize
for youth and women.
4.1 The youth, Aquafarmer Encouraging Number of Aquaculture MLF, PO- 2025-2036 1,950
women and special groups’ youth, women cooperatives, activities are RALG, LGAs,
marginalized cooperatives, and and associations dominated by TCDC,
groups associations marginalized and incubation men while women financing
participate strengthened and groups to form programmes. do most of the institutions,
fully in new ones aquafarmer downstream, Private sector.
aquaculture established. cooperatives post-harvest and
activities. Established and marketing
incubation associations. activities.
programmes for
improved
aquaculture
hands-on skills.
Thematic Area Six: Aquatic Environmental Health.
Operational objective 1: To strengthen the mechanisms for controlling genetic pollution.
Outcomes Outputs Strategic Key Baseline Responsible Timeframe Indicative
Interventions Performance Information Institutions Budget
Indicators (USD, ‘000)

178
 1.1 Genetic Increased Promoting Number of There are no MLF, PO- 2025- 1,550
pollution awareness of awareness trained mechanisms for RALG, NEMC, 2030
caused by genetic pollution programmes on personnel, controlling genetic LGAs, TAFIRI,
aquaculture caused by genetic pollution centres, pollution caused FETA, Higher
practices aquaculture caused by established, by aquaculture learning
controlled. practices. aquaculture guidelines practices. institutions,
practices. developed, Private sector.
Developed and Developing and seminars
enforced guidelines guidelines for conducted.
for transporting fish introducing,
seeds, brooders, stocking and re-
stocking and re- stocking in
stocking in natural natural water
water bodies. bodies.
Operational objective 2: To enhance biosecurity strategies for monitoring, control and surveillance of aquatic environmental
health.
2.1 Existence Biosecurity Developing Number of There are no MLF, PO- 2021-2030 850
of an strategies for biosecurity strategies specific RALG, NEMC,
improved monitoring, control strategies, developed, biosecurity LGAs, TAFIRI,
aquatic and surveillance of programmes and programmes strategies, VPO, FETA,
environment aquatic guidelines for and programmes and Higher learning
health. environmental monitoring, guidelines. guidelines for institutions,
health developed. control and improving aquatic Private sector.
National aquatic surveillance of environment
animal health aquatic health.
strategy and environmental
implementation health.
plan developed.
Guidelines for

179
 controlling brood
stock, gametes and
juvenile production,
and introduction of
alien genotypes
developed.
Established and
operationalized
programmes to
monitor, control and
prevent aquatic
diseases, parasites
and toxins.
Genetic screening Promoting Number of
programme of wild genetic genetic
and hatchery tilapia
screening screening
strains establishedprogramme of programmes.
and implemented. wild and
hatchery farmed
strains.
Operational objective 3: To enhance adherence with the inter-sectoral collaboration in controlling pollution from aquaculture.
3.1 Adherence with the Promoting Measures for At present, there MLF, PO- 2030-2036 380
Environmental inter-sectoral mitigation controlling is no reliable RALG, VPO-
degradation collaboration. measures in water quality mechanism for Environment,
owing to poor controlling and controlling NEMC, LGAs,
water quality pollution from environmental environmental Ministry of
control. aquaculture degradation. degradation Water, TAFIRI,
Harmonized and activities. Number of caused by poor Private sector.
implemented laws, rules and laws water quality

180
 regulations and harmonized control.
rules to control and
anthropogenic implemented.
activities.
Thematic Area Seven: Aquaculture Production Technologies.
Operational objective 1: To promote development of alternative water sourcing technologies in areas with a scarcity of water.
Outcomes Outputs Strategic Key Baseline Responsible Time Amount
intervention performance information Institutions Frame (USD,000)
indicators
1.1 Alternative water Developing Number of Currently, there MLF, TAFIRI, 2021-2036 620
Aquaculture sourcing alternative water alternative are areas with FETA, Ministry
activities technologies sourcing water sourcing high demand for of water,
undertaken in established. technologies in and fish, but they face Ministry of
areas with a areas with aquaculture water scarcity. Land.
scarcity of scarce water. technologies.
water. Existing Optimizing the
aquaculture existing
technologies aquaculture
optimized. technologies
New technologies Adapting new
adapted or technologies to
adopted. suit our local
environment.
New aquaculture Developing other
technologies new aquaculture
developed. technologies.

181
Thematic Area Eight: Ornamental Fish Culture and Trade.
Operational objective 1: To promote and support the trade in ornamental fish.
Outcomes Outputs Strategic Key Baseline Responsible Time Amount
intervention performance information Institutions Frame (USD, 000)
indicators
1.1 Trade in Ornamental fish Promoting Number of Currently, the MLF, TAFIRI, 2025-2036 570
ornamental culture and trade ornamental fish ornamental trade in Private sector.
fish from the promoted. culture and fish culture ornamental fish is
capture and trade. and trade. allowed in various
aquaculture. water bodies,
except for Lake
Victoria.
Thematic Area Nine: Cross-Cutting Issues.
Operational objective 1: To sensitise aquafarmers on creating awareness on communicable diseases and health hazards
associated with
aquaculture practices.
Outcomes Outputs Strategic Key Baseline Responsible Timeframe Indicative
Interventions Performance Information Institutions Budget
Indicators (USD, ‘000)
1.1 Healthy Needs Creating Number of Prevalence of MLF, Ministry 2025-2036 650
and assessments done, programmes programmes communicable of health, PO-
productive and awareness and advocating diseases and RALG, VPO-
aquafarmers education provided. behavioural health hazards Environment,
and related Relevant authorities change and associated with LGAs, Social
stakeholders have disease communicable aquaculture Protection
because of prevention disease activities. Schemes,
behaviour mechanisms. prevention OSHA, TAFIRI,
change. Research on the among MUHAS and
magnitude of aquafarmers. other Higher

182
 communicable learning
diseases and health institutions.
hazards associated
with aquaculture
practices
conducted.
Operational objective 2: To enhance awareness creation on occupational hazards associated with aquaculture activities to
aquafarmers.
2.1 Safety Enhancing safety Number of Aquafarmers, MLF, Ministry 2025-2036 350
Aquafarmers’ infrastructure for at sea, and schemes on especially cage of health, PO-
(including cage cage farmers establishing a social farmers, have RALG, VPO-
farmers) decent developed decent working protection, limited access to Environment,
working conditions and safety at sea social protection LGAs, Social
conditions and social protection (for cage schemes, safety Protection
access to social schemes for farmers) and services and Schemes,
protection aquafarmers. decent equipment, and OSHA, TAFIRI,
schemes, safety working do not have Private sector.
services and conditions. decent working
equipment. conditions.
Aquafarmers
linked to social
protection
schemes.
Aquafarmers are
supported and
linked to relevant
social protection
schemes.
TOTAL (USD) 69,310

183
 CHAPTER 8
CHAPTER 8

8.0 FUNDING AND THE IMPLEMENTATION FRAMEWORK

8.1 Funding
The government will set aside sufficient funds from its own sources and
from development partners for implementing this master plan. It is estimated
that a total investment amounting to USD 69,310,000 will be required to
implement the new master plan (aquaculture) over a period of 15 years.

8.2 Implementation Framework

The new master plan presents a clear road map for addressing complex and
multifaceted issues hindering the development, growth and expansion of
Tanzania’s aquaculture. The plan puts in place measures to consolidate and
turn Tanzania’s aquaculture into a vibrant, economically viable and
sustainable industry. The operationalization of this master plan will involve
the government and other stakeholders, especially in implementing cross-
cutting issues. Consultation with relevant external experts from fisheries and
aquaculture organizations is also important in implementing the plan. In
addition to the tentative timeframe and budget indicated in this master plan,
it is hoped that a realistic and cohesive time-bound activity plan will be
formulated in consultation with various stakeholders. The master plan will
also be distributed to various implementing agencies within the Central
Government and the Local Government Authorities (LGAs) with a mandate
to develop and regulate aquaculture activities. The master plan will also be
accessible to various national and regional agencies responsible for
supervising, coordinating and funding aquaculture activities.

A plan of action for the new master plan will be developed in the initial
stages of its implementation. The master plan will be implemented
according to the plan of action and the government’s policy. Among other
things, the implementation will involve the following:
(i) Making follow-ups on and reviewing the implementation of
the master plan, as well as devising a good strategy for its
implementation.
(ii) Working with relevant government authorities to make sure
that the master plan is adopted as a government
document.
(iii) Developing follow-up projects and oversee their
implementation.
(iv) Working with the relevant authorities to solicit funds for
implementing the master plan.
(v) Engaging development partners so that they support the
implementation of the master plan.
(vi) Reviewing the master plan every year to ensure that its
implementation is on track.

184
CHAPTER 9
CHAPTER 9

9.0 MONITORING AND EVALUATION

Monitoring and evaluation (M&E) involves assessing the progress and
achievement made towards the implementation of the master plan.
Specifically, M&E involves determining the achievements attained against
the overall and operational objectives set. The information will show
adjustments that need to be made immediately. M&E will be done twice a
year to determine the relevance, effectiveness and impact of programmes in
the light of the set objectives. The evaluation done towards the middle of the
year will show the adjustments needed to improve upon the activities being
done. The evaluation done towards the end of the year is for assessing the
progress made towards achieving the expected benefits and impact of
programmes. The information obtained can also be used to improve current
and future planning, programming, decision-making and programme
execution.

The National Fisheries and Aquaculture Master Plan Implementation

Committee (NFMPIC) will oversee M&E activities on a regular basis,
preferably twice a year. The committee will develop methods to generate the
information and data needed during M&E exercises. The report and any
recommendations made by the committee during M&E exercises will be
submitted to the government for action.

185
 CHAPTER 10
CHAPTER 10

10.0 CONCLUSIONS
The new Fisheries Master Plan (Aquaculture, 2021–2036) provides a road
map for the government and all other stakeholders to fully participate in the
development of aquaculture. The road map is mainly based on the need to
strengthen the aquaculture institutional capacity and to increase the
productivity of aquaculture. Basically, this master plan is intended to ensure
that aquaculture production in mainland Tanzania increases from the
current 22,793.20 metric tonnes to the projected 150,000 metric tonnes in
2036. This is an increase of 10 metric tonnes a year. This is an achievable
projection based on the current aquaculture production trend from only
4,000 metric tonnes in 2017 to about 18,717 metric tonnes in 2020, an
increase of about 368% for a period of less than five years.

Tanzania has enormous but untapped aquaculture potential. Interestingly,

the fish supply in the country is about 473,592.24 metric tonnes, while the
demand is around 700,000 metric tonnes. On the other hand, the supply of
fish from capture fisheries has almost stagnated, while the demand for fish
is increasing steadily. This is exacerbated by continued growth of the
human population, appreciation of fish as a healthy food product and the
existing fish trade opportunities. Thus, concerted efforts will be done to fully
develop aquaculture so as to bridge the gap between demand and supply.
The government intends to utilize the available aquaculture potential and
opportunities to ensure job and wealth creation. This will in turn, contribute
to economic development whilst ensuring food and nutritional security for
Tanzanian fishing communities.
Efforts will also be made to make sure that there is a smooth collaboration
between the Central Government and the LGAs so as to develop
aquaculture. The availability of inputs such as quality seeds and feeds will
be given priority. Likewise, continued efforts will be made to make sure that
inputs, other than feeds and seeds, are readily available and affordable. The
government will also make sure that the private sector and all other
stakeholders collaborate and participate in making efforts to increase
aquaculture production.

As indicated in the master plan major investments will be made in

infrastructure for research and training institutions. The government will
consolidate and provide resources for undertaking needs-driven research
that is aimed at increasing and diversifying the production of fish. It will also
concentrate on promoting innovative market research, developing and
piloting low-cost fish production systems, developing on-the-farm trials and
post-harvest value addition techniques, as well as quality and food safety.
Efforts will be made so that the human resources needed are available
through recruitment of and provision of appropriate training to Tanzanians.

186
The master plan will be implemented successfully through an effective
monitoring and evaluation system. Monitoring and evaluation measures will
be established following the agreed performance indicators and benchmarks
to track progress.

REFERENCES
Aguilar-Manjarrez, J. & Nath, S.S. 1998. A Strategic Reassessment of Fish
Farming Potential in Africa. CIFA Technical Paper. No. 32. Rome,
FAO. Rome. 170 p.
Bene, C. & Heck, S. 2005. Fish and food security in Africa. NAGA, World
Fish Centre Quarterly, 28: 3–4.
Brummett, R.E., Lazard, J. & Moehl, J. 2008. African aquaculture: Realizing
the potential. Food Policy, 33: 371–385.
Cai, J. & Leung, P. S. 2017. Short-term Projection of Global Fish Demand
and Supply Gaps. FAO Fisheries and Aquaculture Technical Paper
No. 601. FAO, Rome. 607 p.
FAO. 2003.The Ecosystem Approach to Fisheries. FAO Technical
Guidelines for Responsible Fisheries, No. 4, Suppl. 2. FAO, Rome.
112 p.
FAO. 2005. Putting into Practice the Ecosystem Approach to Fisheries.
FAO, Rome. 76 p. Available at
http://www.fao.org/3/a0191e/a0191e00.htm
FAO. 2010. Aquaculture Development. 4. Ecosystem Approach to
Aquaculture. FAO Technical Guidelines for Responsible Fisheries,
No. 5, Suppl. 4. FAO, Rome. 53 p.
FAO. 2020. The State of World Fisheries and Aquaculture. Sustainability in
Action. FAO, Rome, Italy. 244 p. https://doi.org/10.4060/ca9229en.
FAO. 2021. Fishery and Aquaculture Statistics. Global production by
production source 1950-2019 (FishstatJ). In: FAO Fisheries Division
[online]. Rome. Updated 2021.
www.fao.org/fishery/statistics/software/fishstatj/en.
Koge, J., Opola, F., Obwanga, B., Kilelu, C. & Rurangwa, E. 2018. A
Comparative Study on Aquaculture Sector Development in Egypt,
Ghana and Nigeria: Sharing Insights and Drawing Lessons for
Kenya. In: 3R Kenya Workshop Report 002, 22 p.
https://library.wur.nl/WebQuery/wurpubs/fulltext/459595.
Larive International and Lattice Aqua. 2019. Inception Study Aquaculture
Sector Tanzania: Identifying opportunities for Dutch-Tanzanian
public and private sector cooperation. Final Report. Embassy of the
Kingdom of the Netherlands in Tanzania, Dar es Salaam. 54 p.
(https://www.agroberichtenbuitenland.nl/binaries/agroberichtenbuite

187
 nland/documenten/publicaties/2019/08/05/aquaculture-inception-
study/Inception+Study+Tanzania+Report+-+Final+version+2-7-
2019.pdf)
Machena, C. & Moehl, J. 2001. African Aquaculture: A Regional Summary
with Emphasis on Sub-Saharan Africa. In R. P. Subasinghe, P.
Bueno, M. J. Phillips, C. Hough, S. E. McGladdery, J. R. Arthur
(editors). Aquaculture in the Third Millennium. Technical
Proceedings of the Conference on Aquaculture in the Third
Millennium, Bangkok, Thailand, 20–25 February 2000. 341–355.
NACA, Bangkok and FAO, Rome.
Madalla, N. 2009. Novel Feed Ingredients for Nile Tilapia (Oreochromis
niloticus L.). PhD Thesis, Institute of Aquaculture, University of
Stirling, Scotland, United Kingdom. 212 p.
Ragasa, C., Andam, K. S., Kufoalor, D. & Amewu, S. 2018. A Blue
Revolution in sub-Saharan Africa? Evidence from Ghana’s Tilapia
Value Chain. International Food Policy Research Institute (IFRP).
Strategy Support Program. Working Paper 49, 28 p.
Satia, B.P. 2011. Regional review on status and trends in aquaculture
development in sub-Saharan Africa-2010. FAO Fisheries and
Aquaculture Circular, No. 1061/4. Rome, Italy. 152 p.
Satia, B.P. 2017. Regional Review on Status and Trends in Aquaculture
Development in sub-Saharan Africa – 2015. FAO Fisheries and
Aquaculture Circular No. 1135/4. FAO, Rome, Italy. 44 p.
Tacon, A.G.J. & Metian, M. 2009. Fishing for feed or fishing for food:
Increasing global competition for small pelagic forage fish. Ambio,
38: 294–302.
Tacon, A.G.J., Metian, M., Turchini, G.M. & De silva, S.S. 2010.
Responsible aquaculture and trophic level implications to global fish
supply. Reviews in Fisheries Science,18: 94–105.
URT. 1997. United Republic of Tanzania (URT) National Fisheries Sector
Policy and Strategy Statement. Dar es Salaam: Government Printer.
24 p.
URT. 2000. Tanzania Development Vision (TDV) 2025: Planning
Commission: 42 p.
URT. 2003. Fisheries Act No. 22 of 2003. Ministry of Livestock and
Fisheries. 42 p.
URT. 2015: National Fisheries Policy of 2015. Ministry of Livestock and
Fisheries. 58 p.
URT. 2017. Agricultural Sector Development Programme phase II (ASDP
II). Ministry of Agriculture. 274 p.

188
URT. 2020. National Plan of Action for the Implementation of the Voluntary
Guidelines for Securing Sustainable Small-Scale Fisheries in the
Context of Food Security and Poverty Eradication (NPoA-SSF
Guidelines). Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries, 29 p.
URT. 2021: National Five-Year Development Plan (FYDP, 2021/22–
2025/26: Realizing Competitiveness and Industrialization for Human
Development. Ministry of Finance and Planning. 324 p.
URT. 2020/2021. United Republic of Tanzania, Ministry of Livestock and
Fisheries, Minister’s Speech on Income Estimates and Financial
Use of the Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries for 2020/2021 (in
Kiswahili). 305 p.
Zhou, Y. & Staatz, J. 2016. Projected demand and supply for various foods
in West Africa: Implications for investments and food policy. Food
Policy, 61: 198–212.

189
 APPENDICES APPENDICES

Appendix 1: Fisheries Stakeholders and their Responsibilities

No. Stakeholder Status and Duties Performed in the Fisheries Sector

1. Fish processors These preserve fish to maintain good quality for human
consumption. They are divided into three categories:

Domestic (local) processors – These are involved in fish

frying and sun-drying, salting, icing and smoking fish.
Their stake in this area is economic improvement.
People of different age and gender are involved in
processing fish. There are a number of these in marine
and fresh water bodies, although their statistics are not
yet known, since research is yet to be done.

Regional processors – They buy processed fish from

local processors and sell it to regional markets such as
DRC and Sudan. Their stake in the business is based
on their intention to improve their economic status,
since they sell the products to regional markets. Most
of them are men, but few women are also involved in
the business.

International processors – There are 17 international

fish processors owning fish processing factories. The
plants collect fish products from small-scale fishers
through their agents. Their main preservation methods
are filleting, freezing, chilling and then packing and
exporting the products to international markets. Their
main stake is based on their intention to improve their
economic conditions and to contribute to the country’s
economic growth, since all of these legally exist so that
they pay royalties (tax) for every consignment. These
are Tanzanian big entrepreneurs, but, in some cases,
foreign shareholders also participate in the business.

2. Fishers (small- These are direct stakeholders who are grouped into
scale and semi- two, small-scale and semi-industrial groups. Both
industrial) depend on fishery resources for their food security,
especially for protein and cash.

Small-scale fishers mainly use fish for subsistence, but

some commercial fishers, fish products like lobster,

190
 crabs and prawns for export.

Semi-industrial fishers – These are the trawlers who

catch prawns and sell to those who export prawns to
international markets.

In most cases, fishing is done seasonally, depending

on the availability of fish species and the direction of
wind.

3. Fish processing These are fish factories for processing fish and
plants (domestic, transporting it to other places; most of these plants
regional and process fish and other species and transport them to
export markets) different areas. The main processing methods used are
freezing, filleting and chilling for local, regional and
global markets. These plants collect fish products from
small-scale fishers and show the importance of small-
scale fishers to the global market.

Most of these plants are for commercial purposes and

fish is their primary source of profit. Fish processors
depend very much on the availability of fish and the
demand for it.

4. Fish traders They transport fish products from landing sites/areas to

(domestic, the markets. They are divided into three categories:
regional and those who transport products to local markets known
export markets) as domestic traders (inside Tanzania) and those who
transport products regionally (within Africa and in the
adjacent countries) and exporters who transport fish to
the global market, outside the African continent. The
products are transported to China, Europe, the US, etc.
The trade they do is commerce-oriented and they can
buy fish from different fishers and sell it to consumers.

5 Fishing These are owners of fishing vessels and gear. In most

equipment cases, these do not fish. They sometimes wait at
owners landing sites or work closely with the captains of
vessels to manage and run their business. It is the
owners who choose what to fish, depending on the
type of gear used. They benefit more than the fishers
who do the hard/difficult/tedious job.

6. Women carrying These are women who carry fish/sea products from
fish from boats to vessels when they return to the auctioning areas, for
auctioning areas the landing sites which auction fish. When the vessels

191
 land at the sites, fishers do not carry fish to the
auctioning areas; women do so instead. In most cases,
this practice is common among sardine fishing vessels
and vessels fishing a few other finfish species. The
women get money for their livelihoods by doing this
work.

7. Auctioning people These people sell fish during auctions. They sell fish to
buyers/traders during auctions. They get paid by the
fishers (some percentage from the fish they sell and
institutions like BMUs).

8. Consumers These are indirect stakeholders. Consumers are those

who use sea products for eating, decoration, etc.

9. LVFO The Lake Victoria Fisheries Organization (LVFO) is a

specialized institution of the East African Community
(EAC) whose mandate is to coordinate the
management and development of fisheries and
aquaculture resources in the EAC region. The region is
made up of Tanzania, Kenya, Uganda, Burundi,
Rwanda and Sudan South.

10. LTA Lake Tanganyika Authority (LTA) is responsible for

overseeing the implementation of regional, integrated
fisheries management programmes based on the
provisions of the Convention on Sustainable
Management of Lake Tanganyika. The LTA has
established a cooperative and collaborative approach
for sustainable development and management of the
fisheries resources of Lake Tanganyika and its basin
by the four Lake Tanganyika riparian countries of
Burundi, DRC, Tanzania and Zambia.

11. Local These are government organs that manage fisheries

Government resources and use them sustainably within the
Authorities territorial sea in their area of jurisdiction. They are the
ones that manage small-scale fisheries and issue
licences to the fishers as they are the custodian of
fisheries resources in their areas.

12. Tanzania Tanzania Revenue Authority is a government agency

Revenue which is charged with the task of managing the
Authority (local assessment, collection and accounting of all Central
and national) Government revenue. It is a semi-autonomous body
that operates along with the Ministry of Finance and

192
 Planning.

In small-scale fisheries, revenues are collected by the

Local Government Authorities. They collect revenue
from small-scale fisheries because they manage the
resources.

13. TAFICO Tanzania Fisheries Corporation – TAFICO (2018) is a

public corporation fully owned by the Government of
Tanzania under the Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries,
particularly the Fisheries Development Division. The
corporation is mandated to undertake large-scale
commercial fishing in the territorial waters, Exclusive
Economic Zones (EEZ) and high seas. TAFICO will
also be involved in aquaculture and fish processing.
The corporation will also sell fish and fish products to
domestic and international markets.

14. TAFIRI Tanzania Fisheries Research Institute carries out

research in the fisheries area and is mandated to
advise the government on the best practice based on
research results.

15. Marine Parks and The Marine Parks and Reserves Unit was established
Reserve Unit under the Marine Parks and Reserves (MPRU) Act 29
(conservationists) of 1994. It is managed by a Board of Trustees whose
role is, among other things, to oversee the
management of the marine parks and reserves
operating under the auspices of the MPRU and to
formulate policies on Marine Protected Areas (MPAs)
and related facilities.

16. Fishing These are communities found along the coast of any
communities water body. In collaboration with the government, they
(including BMUs) manage fisheries resources and the coast. They are
guided by the Beach Management Unit guidelines and
the management plans on what to do and how to
manage their resources. They are responsible to the
village government.

17. Universities These are responsible for capacity building and

(academia) producing the human resources that manage fisheries
resources and all the value chain processes of fish
products. Universities also give awards at different
levels, that is, Bachelor’s, Master’s, and doctorate
(PhD) degrees to those who qualify. They also

193
 participate in research and other fisheries studies.

18. Vocational These are responsible for capacity building and

training centres producing the human resources that manage fisheries
resources and the value chain processes of fish
products. VTCs also give awards at different levels,
including short courses that are important to the
fisheries sector. They also offer refresher training.

19. Ministry of The Ministry has overall responsibility for managing

Livestock and and developing fisheries resources. Further, the
Fisheries Ministry is the policy maker and oversees all matters
related to fisheries resources.

20. Vice-President’s The Ministry is responsible for making policies and

Office environmental laws. However, it has given its mandate
(Environment) to the National Environmental Management Council
(NEMC). NEMC was established in response to the
national need for an institution that oversees
environmental management issues and implements the
resolutions of the Stockholm Conference (1972), which
called upon all nations to establish and strengthen
national environmental councils so that they could
advise governments and the international community
on environmental issues. NEMC is mandated to
undertake enforcement, compliance, review and
monitoring of environmental impact assessments,
research, facilitate public participation in environmental
decision-making, raise environmental awareness and
collect and disseminate environmental information.

NEMC provides a legal and institutional framework for

sustainable management of the environment,
preventing and controlling pollution, waste
management, environmental quality standards, public
participation in environmental compliance and
enforcement of laws and regulations.

21. Ministry of To promote sustainable and shared economic growth,

Planning and macro-economic stability by developing robust social-
Finance economic policies, ensuring prudent financial
management and enhancing professionalism and
optimal use of ICT. The Ministry established a Planning
Commission, which, in collaboration with staff from the
Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries, develops all
fisheries projects.

194
22. NGOs These help the government carry out its activities at
different levels; they are responsible for advocacy and
they assist in any policy improvement. They are
responsible for building the capacity of government
officials and communities with respect to natural
resources management and all the fish chain. They
sometimes assist in marketing products and
harmonizing issues that need addressing by different
sectors. Included in this group are WWF, Sea Sense,
IUCN and TNC, among others.

195
 Appendix 2: Checklist for the Key Informants

1. The relevancy of policies, objectives, laws, regulations, rules and procedures

that govern the previous master plan and its implementation
2. The role of local communities and other fisheries key stakeholders in
implementing the previous master plan
3. Essential things/components which were overlooked in the previous master
plan
4. Implementation status of the previous master plan

S/No. Programme Implementation Reason

Status (partially
implemented or
not implemented)
1. Programme 1: – (Dar es Salaam,
Bagamoyo and Island): Marine Fisheries
Sub-Sector Capacity Building Programme
2. Programme 2: – (Dar es Salaam):
Fisheries Infrastructure Improvement
Programme
3. Program 3: – (Lake Victoria, Mwanza):
Lake Victoria Fisheries Sub-Sector
Capacity Building Programme
4. Programme 4: – (Mwanza, Musoma,
Kirumba): Lake Victoria Fish Marketing
Improvement Programme
5. Programme 5: – (Kigoma): Lake
Tanganyika Major Landing Beach
Improvement Programme
6. Programme 6: – (Mbeya, Ruvuma and
Iringa): Lake Nyasa Planked Canoes
Extension Programme
7. Programme 7: – (Morogoro): Aquaculture
Extension Programme.
8. Programme 8: – (Kigoma and Mafia
Island): Fisheries Financial Support
Programme
9. Programme 9: – (National Level): Fisheries
Co-management Programme
10. Programme 10: – (National Level): National
Fish Export Promotion Programme
11. Programme 11: – (Musoma, Mwanza and
Bukoba): Major Landing Beach
Improvement Programme.
12. Programme 12: – (Southern Part of Pwani

196
 Region): Fisheries Communities
Development Programme
13. Programme 13: – (Dar es Salaam):
Information System Improvement
Programme
14. Programme 14: – (Nyegezi and Mbegani):
Training Institute Improvement Programme
15. Programme 15: – (National Level):
Fisheries Master Plan Implementation
Training Programme

5.0 Challenges/problems encountered during the implementation of the

previous master plan

6.0 Experience gained/lessons learnt from the implementation of the previous

master plan

7.0 Which programmes should be part of the new master plan, especially the
programmes which were partially or not implemented at all?

197
 Appendix 3: Questionnaire

A: UNIVERSITIES, FISHERIES AND RESEARCH INSTITUTIONS, FISHERIES

NGOs

A1. FISHERIES MANAGEMENT

1. Mention the main challenges facing the management of fisheries

in Tanzania?
a) ……………………………………………………………………………
b) ……………………………………………………………………………
c) ……………………………………………………………………………
d) ……………………………………………………………………………

2. What should be done to improve the management of fisheries in

Tanzania?
a) ……………………………………………………………………………
b) ……………………………………………………………………………
c) ……………………………………………………………………………
d) ……………………………………………………………………………

3. What type of fisheries management system(s) should be given

priority?
a) ……………………………………………………………………………
b) ……………………………………………………………………………
c) ……………………………………………………………………………

4. What technologies or management models can be applied

successfully in the management of fisheries in Tanzania?
a) ..…………………………………………………………………………
b) …………………………………………………………………………..
c) ……………………………………………………………………………
d) ……………………………………………………………………………

5.Do you think the management of fisheries by the Ministry and the
Local Government Authorities is effective? Why?
…………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………...

198
6. What should be done to make the current fisheries management
systems efficient and effective?
...............................................................................................................
………………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………………………………………………...

A2: FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT

1. What challenges hinder the development of the fisheries sector?

a) ..………………………………………………..………………………
b) …………………………………………………………………………
c) …………………………………………………………………………
d) …………………………………………………………………………

2. What should be done to hasten the development of the fisheries

sector in Tanzania?
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………

3. What should be done to empower artisanal fishers?

……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………

4. How best could investment in EEZ fishing be done?

……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………

5. How best could the fisheries infrastructure be improved or

established?
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………

6. What is your vision for Tanzania’s fisheries in the next 15 years?

……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………

199
 7. What fisheries opportunities are available in Tanzania but are not
used?
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………

8. What should be done to empower the youth and woman in the

fisheries sector?
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
9. What model is practical to encourage Tanzanians to invest in
fisheries sector?
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………

10. What is the practical mechanism for empowering Tanzanian

small fish processors, farmers and traders?
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
11. What business environment is necessary for improving the fish
and fishery products business?
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………

A3: FISHERIES PROCESSING INDUSTRIES

1. What are the major challenges facing fish processing

industries?

a) ..………………………………………………………………..………
b) …………………………………………………………………………
c) …………………………………………………………………………
d) …………………………………………………………………………

2. How could the capacity and efficiency of fish processing

industries be improved?

200
 a) ..……………………………………………………………………….
b) …………………………………………………………………………
c) …………………………………………………………………………
d) …………………………………………………………………………
e) …………………………………………………………………………

3. What type of environment could promote the development of

fish processing industries?
a) ..………………………………………………………………..………
b) …………………………………………………………………………
c) …………………………………………………………………………
d) …………………………………………………………………………
e) …………………………………………………………………………

A4: FISHING VESSELS, GEAR AND FISH HANDLING TECHNOLOGIES

1. What challenges are facing fish handling technologies?
……………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………
2. What should be done to empower the local fishing vessel and
gear manufacturers?
……………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………
3. Which local fishing gear, techniques and vessels need to be
improved for sustainable fishing?
……………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………
4. Is it necessary to mechanize our fisheries?
……………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………
5. What environmentally and user friendly fish handling facilities
and technologies could be used in Tanzania’s fisheries?
……………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………

A5: FISHERIES RESEARCH & EDUCATION

1. What fisheries research areas should be given priority and why?
……………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………
2. What should be done to fund fisheries research?
……………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………

201
 3. What are the main challenges facing fisheries research in
Tanzania?
……………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………
4. Which field in the fisheries profession require more skilled
personnel? Why?
…………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………
5. Which courses in the fisheries science should be given priority?
Why?
……………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………
6. What training programmes should be introduced in the fisheries
training institutions and universities to build the country’s
capacity to develop fisheries?
……………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………
B. FISHERS, PROCESSORS AND TRADERS
B1: Fisheries development and trade in fishery products
1. What do you think should be done to make the fisheries sector
progress?
(i) ………………………………………………………………………….
(ii) ………………………………………………………………………….

2. Mention the challenges that are holding back the development

of the fisheries sector in the country.

(i) ………………………………………………………………………….
(ii) ………………………………………………………………….………

3. What should be done to boost the economy of small-scale

fishers?
(i) …………………………………………………………………….……
(ii) …………………………………………………………………….……
(iii) ……………………………………………………………….…..….
(iv) …………………………………………………………………………

4. What challenges do small-scale fishers encounter/face?

(i) ………………………………………………………………………….
(ii ……………………………………………………………….………

202
5. What should be done to develop vendors and small-scale
processors of fishery products?
(i) …………………………………………………………………..……
(ii) …………………………………………………………..……………

6. What challenges do vendors face?

(i) …………………………………………………………………………
(ii) …………………………………………………………………………

7. What challenges does the fishery products business face?

(i) …………………………………………………………………………
(ii) …………………………………………………………………………

8. What challenges does the fishery infrastructure face?

(i) …………………………………………………………………………

9. What challenges does the domestic and foreign (export) fishery

products business face?
(i) …………………………………………………………………………
(ii) ………………………………………………………………………….

10. What fishery products should not be exported to maintain food

security?
(i) ……………………………………..…………………………………..
(ii) …………………………………………………………………………

11. What are the best ways to promote the involvement of women
and youth in fisheries activities?
……………………………………………………………………………………

B2: Management of Fisheries Resources

1. What type of fishing should be fully managed to protect it and
strengthen the economy of fishers?
(i) …………………………………………………………..……………..
(ii) ………………………………………………………..………………..
(iii) ……………………………………………………..…………………..

2. Mention the challenges facing the management of fisheries

resources in the country?
(i) ……………………………………….………………..…………………...
(ii) ……………………………………………………..………………………

203
 (iii) ……………………………………………………….…………………….

3. What should be done to improve effectiveness in the

management of fisheries resources?
(i) ……………………………………………………..…………………
(ii) ………………………………………………………………..………
4. Mention the advantages and disadvantages of participation/co-
management (BMUs) of fisheries resources.

4a. Advantages (pros)

(i) ………………………………………………………….………………
(ii) ……………………………………………………….…………………
(iii) …………………………………………………….……………………
(iv) ……………………………………………………….…………………

4b. Disadvantages (cons)

(i) …………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………

5. What should be done to find and collect accurate statistics for

fisheries?
(i) ……………………………………………………………….…………...
(ii) ……………………………………………………………….….………..
(iii) ……………………………………………………………………………

6. What type of fishing techniques are dangerous to sustainable

fisheries?
(i) ………………………………………………………….…………………
(ii) …………………………………………………………….……….……..
(iii) …………………………………………………………….……..……….

7. What type of fishing gear is dangerous to sustainable fisheries?

(i) ………………………………………………………………..………….
(ii) …………………………………………………….………….………….
(iii) ……………………………………………………………….……..……

8. What system of fisheries resource management should be

strengthened to have sustainable fisheries?

9. What type of fish or fishery products should not be harvested to

improve other fisheries?

(i) …………………………………………………….. (immature fish).

204
10. What type of fish/organisms could be indicators of fishing
conditions?
(i) …………………………………………………………………

B3. Quality and storage of fishery products

1. What indigenous technology for storing fishery products should
be improved?
(i) …………………………………………………………………
(ii) …………………………………………………………………

2. What methods/techniques for storing fish products currently in

use endanger the health of consumers?
(i) ………………………………………………………………….

3. What are the challenges facing the storage of fishery products?

(i) ……………………………………………………………………

4. What methods for storing fishery products should be used by

vendors and small-scale processors?
(i) ………………………………………………………………………
(ii) ……………………………….……………………………………..

5. What instruments are supposed to be in fishing vessels to

maintain the quality of fishery products?
(i) ………………………………………………………….…………..

6. What are some of the ways in which fishery products are stored
at the markets or landing sites to protect the quality and health
of consumers?
(i) ………………………………………………………………………….
(ii) …………………………………………………………………………

7. What methods used to process fishery products reduce the

quality of the products?
(i) …………………………………………………………………………

8. What are the modern technologies/techniques that should be

used in storing fishery products?
(i) …………………………………………………………………………
(ii) …………………………………………………………………………

205
 9. What should be done in storing fishery products to protect the
quality and health of consumers?
(i) …………………………………………………………………………

10. What should be done to control the smuggling of fishery

products?
(i) …………………………………………………………………………
(ii) …………………………………………………………………………
(iii) …………………………………………………………………………

B4. Education and Training for Fisheries Stakeholders

1. Do you think the education and training provided to fisheries
stakeholders is adequate? Are the methods used to provide the
education/training appropriate?
…………………………………………………………………………………

2. What is the best way to get fisheries education/training?

(i) ……….. ii) ………….. iii) ………………. iv) ……… v) ……………
vi) …………. vii) Other ways; …………………………
3. What are the aspects of fisheries that necessitate providing
more education/training for fisheries?
(i) ……………………………………………………………………..
(ii) ……………………………………………………………………..

4. What areas in the fisheries sector have a shortage of

professionals?
(i) …………………………………………………………..…………
(ii) ……………………………………………………………………
(iii) ……………………………………………………………………
5. Where have you been getting fisheries education/training?
i) …………………. ii) ………………… iii) ………………………….
iv) I have never received any training/education
v) Name others ……………………………………………………………

B5. Fishing gear and vessels

1. How has the fishing vessel you use been designed/made?

i) What materials?............................................................................
ii) Indigenous artisans? Mention them…………………………………….
iii) Institution/factory……………………………………………………..……
iv) Domestic or foreign (imported)………………………………………..…

206
2. What is the lifespan of your vessels?
………………………………………………………………………..

3. What problems are facing the indigenous artisans

manufacturing fishing vessels and gear?
(i)…………………………………………………………………………..…
(ii)………………………………………………………………….…………
(iii)……………………………………………………………….……………
(iv)………………………………………………………………….…………

4. What fishing vessels do you use? If they are indigenous,

mention them
………………………………………………………………………………

5. What should be done to develop the indigenous

technicians/artisans manufacturing fishing vessels or gear?

(i) To provide education on manufacturing of transportation

vessels/vehicles
(ii)……………………………………………………………………………
(iii)……………………………………………………………………………
(iv)……………………………………………………………………………

Factories
6. What challenges are facing the factories that manufacture
vessels and fishing gear?
(i)……………………………………………………………………………
(ii)……………………………………………………………………………
(iii)……………………………………………………………………………

7. What prevents investment in vessels and fishing gear?

(i)……………………………………………………………………………
(ii)……………………………………………………………………………
(iii)……………………………………………………………………………
(iv)……………………………………………………………………………

207
 Appendix 4: Organogram of the Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries

MINISTER
MINISTER

LIVESTOCK FISHERIES

PERMANENT SECRETARY
PERMANENT SECRETARY
LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION AND
MARKETING DEVELOPMENT FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT DIVISION

DIRECTOR
DIVISION DIRECTOR

VETERINARY SERVICES DIVISION AQUACULTURE DIVISION

LIVESTOCK, RESEARCH AND TRAINING
DIRECTOR
SERVICES DIVISION DIRECTOR
FISHERIES & AQUACULTURE

DIRECTOR RESEARCH, TRAINING AND EXTENSION

SERVICES DIVISION
GRAZING LAND & ANIMAL FEED DIRECTOR
RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT
MARINE PARKS AND RESERVES UNIT
DIRECTOR
DIVISION
ANIMAL BREEDERS RIGHTS UNIT MANAGER
PRINCIPAL LIVESTOCK RESEARCH FISHERIES LABORATORY SERVICES
OFFICER
REGISTRAR UNITOFFICER
PRINCIPAL
ADMIN & HUMAN RESOURCES MGT DIVISION
ENVIRONMENT MGT UNIT
PRINCIPAL ENVIRONMENT OFFICER DIRECTOR
ADMIN & HUMAN RESOURCES MGT DIVISION
ENVIRONMENT MGT UNIT
DIRECTOR
PRINCIPAL ENVIRONMENT OFFICER
POLICY & PLANNING DIVISION
POLICY & PLANNING DIVISION
DIRECTOR
DIRECTOR
GOVT COMMUNICATION UNIT
GOVT COMMUNICATION UNIT
PRINCIPAL INFORMATION OFFICER
PRINCIPAL INFORMATION OFFICER
FINANCE & ACCOUNTS UNIT
FINANCE & ACCOUNTS UNIT
CHIEF ACCOUNTANT
CHIEF ACCOUNTANT
LEGAL SERVICES UNIT LEGAL SERVICES UNIT
PRINCIPAL LEGAL OFFICER
PRINCIPAL LEGAL OFFICER
INTERNAL AUDIT UNIT
INTERNAL AUDIT UNIT
CHIEF INTERNAL AUDITOR
CHIEF INTERNAL AUDITOR
PROCUREMENT MANAGEMENT UNIT PROCUREMENT MANAGEMENT UNIT

DIRECTOR DIRECTOR

208
The Permanent Secretary Fisheries,
Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries,
Mtumba Government City,
Ulinzi Road,
P.O.BoX 2847,
40487 DODOMA